Fluid Flow
Department Editor: Kate Torzewski DEFINITIONS
Newtonian fuid . A uid is known to be Newtonian when shear stresses associated with ow are directly proportional to the shear rate o the uid Power law fuid . A structural uid has a structure that orms in the undeormed state, but then breaks down as shear rate increases. Such a uid exhibits “power law” behavior at intermediate shear rates Bingham plastic fuid . A plastic is a material that exhibits a yield stress, meaning that it behaves as a solid below the stress level and as a uid above the stress level Laminar PiPe fLow For steady ow in a pipe (whether laminar or turbulent), a momentum balance on the uid gives the shear stress at any distance rom the pipe centerline.
rx
r
2 L
w
r
R
∫ r 2 ˙ rx dr
(2)
Q
D
(3)
128 L
It can be written in dimensionless orm in Equation (4) with the two terms defned in Equations (5) and (6). f = 16 / N Re (4) 2
f
N Re
D5
(5)
2
32 LQ
4Q
(6)
D
Power law . A uid that ollows the power law model obeys the relationship τrx = –µ(–γrx )n. This gives the ollowing equation. •
1 τ
Q = π ⎞ w ⎞ ⎠mR⎠
n
⎞ n ⎞ R 3n + 1⎠ ⎠
3 n+ 1
n
(7)
Equation (7) can be rearranged into the ollowing dimensionless orm. (8) f = 16 16 / NRe,pl N Re, pl
73 n
2
Q
2 n
(9) n 2 n 4 3 n 3n 1 m D n Bingham plastic . In this case, there is a solid-like “plug ow” region rom the pipe centerline (where τrx = 0) to the point where – τrx = τ0 (that is, at r = r 0 0 = R x τ0 / τw ). The result is a ow integral modifed rom Equation (2). For a Bingham plastic, – τrx = τ0 + µ∞(– γrx ). Using this expression and the modifed ow integral, the Buckingham-Reiner Equation (10) is ound.
DV
NOmENclaTurE
(11) 11) 12) (12)
2
D 0
13) (13)
2
TurbuLenT PiPe fLow Since most turbulent ows cannot be analyzed rom a purely theoretical perspective, data and generalized dimensionless correlations are used. Newtonian fuid. The riction actor or a Newtonian uid in turbulent ow is a unction o both N Re Re and the pipe relative roughness, ε/D , which can be read o the Moody diagram [5 [5 ]. ]. The turbulent part o the Moody diagram (or N Re Re > 4,000) is accurately represented by the Colebrook equation (14).
D 1.255 1 4 log f 3.7 NRe f
(14) 14)
When N Re Re is very large, the riction actor depends only on ε /D . This condition is noted with f T T as the “ully turbulent” riction actor in Equation (15). ε D ⎤ 1 = – 4 log ⎡⎢ ⎣ 3.7 ⎥⎦ f T
15) (15)
The Churchill Equation [2 [ 2] represents the entire Moody diagram, rom laminar, through transition ow, to ully turbulent ow. ow. It is presented here as Equations (16), (17), and (18). 12 8 1 f 2 N Re A B1.5
1
12
16) (16)
1 A 2.457 ln 0.9 7 0.27 Re D
16
17) (17)
16
37,530 B N Re
18) (18)
Power law . For a power-law uid, the riction actor depends only upon Equation (9) and the ow index, as represented by Equations (19)–(25) [3 [3]. f
=
(1 − α ) f L
α
+
[ fT
8
−
f L
f Tr
The equivalent dimensionless orm is given by Equations (11), (12) and (13).
f f T
fm L
10
1
plN Re,
plc
(26) 26)
m
a
27) (27)
0.193 Re
N
1 4. 7
1.7
1 0. 14 146 e
40,000 N Re
2.9
10
5
N He
28) (28) 29) (29)
References
e
(22) 22) (23) 23)
1
21) (21)
(1. 87 872.39 39 n)
1
fT m
m 0.5
24) (24)
3
(10) 10)
Bingham plastic . For the Bingham plastic, f T T is solely a unction o N Re Re ∞ and N He He , as represented by Equations (26)–(29).
a
0. 414 414 0. 757 757 n [5.24 n]
N Re,
•
(19) 19)
]
1.79 104 N Re, pl
1 4
a Dimensionless parameter A Dimensionless parameter B Dimensionless parameter D Diameter, m Fanning friction factor, dimensionless L L Laminar friction factor, dimensionless T T Fully turbulent friction factor, dimensionless Tr Tr Transition friction factor, dimensionless g Gravitational acceleration, m/s 2 L Length of cylinder or pipe, m m Consistency coefficient, (N)(s)/m2 n Power law fluid flow index, dimensionless NHe Hedstrom number, dimensionless NRe Reynolds Number, dimensionless NRe,pl Power law Reynolds Number, dimensionless NRe,plc Power law Reynolds Number at transition from laminar to turbulent flow, dimensionless Number, NRe∞ Bingham-plastic Reynolds Number, dimensionless P Pressure, Pa Q Volumetric flowrate, m 3/s r Radial position in a pipe or a cylinder, m R Pipe or cylinder radius, m V Velocity, m/s z Vertical elevation above a horizontal reference plane, m Dimensionless parameter α γrx Shear rate in tube flow, s –1 ε Wall roughness, m µ Newtonian viscosity, Pa–s viscosity, Pa–s µ∞ Bingham Plastic limiting viscosity, 3 ρ Density, kg/m τ0 Yield stress, N/m2 in x direction direction acting on r τrx Stress due to force in x surface, N/m2 τw Stress exerted by fluid on tube wall, N/m 2 Φ Flow potential, P + ρgz , Pa ∆Φ Ιncrease in flow potential, Pa
(20)
0.0682n [ N Re, pl ]
fTr
+
1 8 −8
16 N Re, pl
f T
•
4 R w 4 0 1 0 1 Q 4 3 w 3 w
N He
•
4
N Re
N He 1 N 4 He 1 1 7 6 N Re 3 f 3 N Re
0
Newtonian fuid . For a Newtonian uid, τrx = µγrx , which gives the ollowing volumetric owrate, known as the Hagen-Poiseuille equation.
16
N Re
(1)
R
In Equation (1), Φ = P + P + ρgz . The volumetric owrate Q can Q can be related to the local shear rate by doing an integration by parts o Equation (2). Q
f
The value o N Re Re where transition rom laminar to turbulent ow occurs (N ( N Re,plc Re,plc ) is given by Equation (25). NRe, plc 2, 100 100 875 875(1 n) 25) (25)
1.Darby, 1.Darby, R., Take Take the Mystery Out o Non-Newtonian Fluids, Chem. Eng., March 2001, pp. 66–73. 2.Churchil, 2.Churchil, S. W., Friction Factor Equation Spans all FluidFlow Regimes, Chem. Eng., Eng., November 1997, p. 91. 3.Darby, 3.Darby, R., and Chang, H. D., A Generalized Correlation or Friction Loss in Drag-reducing Polymer Solutions, AIChE J., J., 30, p. 274, 1984. 4.Darby, 4.Darby, R., and Chang, H. D., A Friction Factor Equation or Bingham Plastics, Slurries and Suspensions or all Fluid Flow Regimes, Chem. Eng., Eng., December 28, 1981, pp. 59–61. 5.Darby, 5.Darby, R., “Fluid Mechanics or Chemical Engineers,” Vol. 2, Marcel Dekker, New York, N.Y., 2001.
؟» ¬ح ³؟» ½؟®ج ®» »·²ش؟»°ـ و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟° »²µ·²ض ¬¬½±ح و®·¬±؟®»»³°ج ؛·¼ »®«¬؟®»³° ؟·¬»®»²؛؛·¼ ´؟·¬®»²
ًً ً ً ïë ç
ً ً é
ً ً ë
ً ى
ً ي
ًî ى
ً ً î
ً ïè
ً ê ïê ï
ً ïë
ïï ً ï ç
ïï ً ï ç
è
è
é
é
ê
ê
ë
ë
ح
؟ ¼»-·¹²؟ ¬؟ »® § °·°؟°®·³ ؟°®·³ ؛·¬ »¼ «²؟¼»-·¹² ؟®»± ®³ ¬»³°؛·«² ¬¬ «®»ٍ ײ ³±-؟®»¬»³° ؟®¬ »- »-ô ¬¸»-؟½ ؟® » «-»¼ ±«¬¼±±®-ô ©¸·½¸ ³؟ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ » µ؟³³؟ ؟»© ¬ ¾·»² ؟½·¬·®½ ؟ ¬ ¸»® ½±²¼·¬·±²-؟»© ؟®»¼·´ ½±²-؟½·¬·®½ ¬ ·±²ٍ؟®»¼·½±²- ؟¸ » °®·³ج ؛® § °«®°±-» ±؟°®·³ ؟»¬ -؛± ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ؟®¬ - ±² ؟¬»® ½ »® ´·²»- ·- ¬±؟®¬ · ²؟¬»® ؟»¬¬¸» - ³؟»¬- ؟´ «²¬·´ ·¬- ؟»¸ ¬¬ »²؟´ ؟¸½² ¼ ¬¸»² ¼·-؟ « ´´§ «¬·´·¦»¼ô؛ ¬ ·-؟»¸ »® ¹؟¸½¼·- ؟¬¸» ½±²¼»²- ؟² ¼ ²±²َ½ ±²¼»²-؟ » ¬؟½±²¼»²- ¾؟±²¼»²- ؟ ´» ¹ § ²؟ ¸¬·© »«®¬ - ·-ك - »-ٍ؟¹ ؛°·»½» ± ؟»¸ ؛± ؟®¬ ¬؟»¸ ؛² -؟®¬ ؟» » ® »¯«·°³»²¬ô؛- ؟®¬ ¸ ½؟» ؟¸ ¼´«½ »® ´·²» -¸±؟®¬ ¬· »ھ؟¸؟®¬ ±©² °؟®¬ ؟®¬ »´» ² ¬¸±«¹¸ ³«´¬·°ھغ ٍ ؟½ »® ´·²»- ³؟®¬ ؟¬§ ¾» ·²-؟³ ´ ´»¼ ±²؟¬·²- -¸±®¬َ½·®½«·¬·²¹ٍ ؟»¬² ¼ -·¦·²¹ -؟ ײ -»´»½¬·²¹ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ؟¬® -ô ·¬ ·- ·³°± ®»¼·² ¬ ¬± ½±²-؟¬®·³°± ؟¬¸»·® ½±³° ھ·¬½»¶¾¬ ·¾·´·¬§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ±؟½±³° ؛» - ±ھ·¬½»¶¾± ؟®¬ -؟ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ô؛± °؟®¬ ¬ - ³«- و± ´´±©·²¹؛ »¸¬ ¸½ ½±³°´·-؟ و´´±©·²¹ ھ®»± ²-ف ïٍ ؟®»» »²»®¹§ ¾§ ±°ھ®»²- ؟·´»® ¬ ·²¹؟®»±° ¾؟·´»® ھ ´§ ± ¼ ´±²¹ ¬·³» °»®·±؟ ® »ھ± ھ® ±ذ îٍ ¾؟ »¼ ·ھ± ؟¸½ ®«°¬ °»®·±¼·½ ¼·- »¸¬ »® ¹» ·² ±®¼»® ¬± °«®¹؟¸½¼·- ؟½±²¼»²- ½±²¼»²»® ±³ ¬¸» ´·²؛ ® ·؟ ¼ ²؟ » ¬؟ °ر ٍي ؟®» ؟¬ » «²¼»® ´·¹¸¬ ´±؟®» ¼؟´± ½±²¼·¬·±²؟¼ ¬» -·-خ ٍى ³؟¼ ¹؟ ؟»¬ ¬¸» -؛·؛· ® »»¦·²¹؛ ® ±³؛ » ³؟»¬- ؛ ·- -¸«¬ ± ؛؛± ؛¸ » ½±-¬ ±ج ؟»¬ -؛± ³؟»¬- ؟ ³ ؟© µ »-؟³ ؛»¬ -؟© ؟®¬ ´ «؛»¬ ؟¬·¾®² »¨±؟ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ ¬ ²؟¬·¾®»¨± ؟»¸® »ھ± ¼؟»¸® ؟¸¬ ؟½ §®¬¬ ²± ·²¼«-؟¸¬ ± ®¼ٍ؛؛؟ ²؟½
ٍëى
ٍëى
ًى ٍ
ًى ٍ
ٍëي يٍي
ٍëي يٍي
ًي ٍ
ًي ٍ
î ٍ è
î ٍ è
î ٍ ê
î ٍ ê
î ٍ ë
î ٍ ë
î ىٍ
î ىٍ
î يٍ
î يٍ
°؟ ®ج ±؛ -»´»½¬·±² ؟»¬ ® - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ ½؟®¬ »® ´·²»-
î ٍ î
î ٍ î
î ٍïë
î ٍïë
؟¸ » ½±²¼»²-ج ؟¬ » ´±؟½±²¼»²- ¼؟´± ؟¸ »¾ ¬± ؟»¬ -؟ ² ¼´»¼ ±²؟¸ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ ؟½ »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ²؟½ ؟»¸ »¸¬ ® ±³؛ ¼»¾» ¼»¬»®³·² ® ±³ ¬¸» °®±¼«½¬ °·°» ¾§ «-·²¹؛ ¬ ´±--؟»¸ ؟´«± ®³؛ ¬¸·- و؟´«®³ غ
ً î ٍï
ج
ث ط
ش
د
ح
و»®» ¸ة و»®» ٌ ±ف م د ؟ ²¼»²- ؟¬ » ´±؟²¼»²- ¼؟´± ·² ´¾¸ ؛» ²¹¬¸ ±ش م » °®±¼«½¬ °·°؛± ش ؟®¬ ¾»¬©»»² »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ؟®¬ ®¬ °؟ ¬؛ - ·² »ط م ث ؟®¬ ¬؟ٌ ؛² -؟®¬ ½ ¬±® ·²؟؛ ® »؛- ¸ٌعٌ¬ îp؛¬«ق ®»»³°ج م ؟®»»³° ؛·¼ »®« ¬؟ ؟·¬» ®»²؛؛·¼ ع´ ·² p؟·¬®»² عp
îغخثظ×ع ¾ ّ ھ ± »ھ± ¸ج ÷ ؟® » ¹ °؟®¹ ¸ ؟ ٍ ؟»¸ ¼»°·½¬- ؛¬ ´±-- ±؟»¸ ²؟ ؛± ؟´« «²·²- ¼» ¬؟´««²·²- ¸ج °·°»ٍ ؟®» » ¬»³° ؛·¼ »®« ¬؟®»¬»³° »؛؛·¼ ؟·¬ ®»² · ´؟·¬®»²ھ·®»¼ ·®»¼ »ھ ؟®»® ±³ ¬¸» °®±½»-- ¬»³°؛ ¼ َ؟®»¬»³° «¬«®» ³·²³¾·»²¬ ¼»-·¹²؟ ³·²«- ÷ع éëمج¼»-·¹²ّ
»؛؟ح ½؟؛ §¬ ® ¬±
و î؟ » -ث ïوî ؟ - ®»¸¬»¸© ®½ ¬±؟؛ §¬ »؛؟- ³؟ »¨°±-«®» ¬± ؟»© ¬ ¾·»² ®»¸ ¬؟»© ھ½±²¼·¬·±²- ·- ·² ھ´ ±ھ·² » ¼ ±® ²±¬ٍھ´ ھ± ²±¬ ±ـ ؟»¬» ®-·¦» -ھ± ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ® - ± ؟®¬ ®¬ ؟»¬ -؟ ¬½»´ »ح ½ »® ´·²»-ٍ؟ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ھ®»¬± ½±²- ¼· ±ھ؟ ² ¼ ¬±؟ §» »²»®¹ھ®»½±²- ؟½°´«¹¹·²¹ ©·¬¸ ¼·®¬ô - ¼ ²؟ » ´؟½- ؟¬»³ ¬»³ ´´·½ ±¨·¼»-ٍ؟
غ
ً ٍéٹ ï ً ٍîم ë ® ë ± ÷ ë ً ٍîم غ ؟»· ²ش م ؛» »¬ ±؛ ®؟»² » °·°؛± ؛®« -؛¬ î ±؛ ®»°·°» ´·²» ° »½؟؛®«- ٌ ؟»¸ ¬¬ »²؟ش م ؛¬ ±؟»¸ »¬ -؛± ؟»¬- ³؟ ¾ ¬ «´ق ·²
ح ط
غشذسكبغ ؟¬×²- ¬×²- ؟´´؟ ¬·±²؟´
ً ؟®¬ »»® ¸ج ؟»¬ً¬ ïً°-·¹ -؟ ½ »®ً ´·²»-؟®¬ ³؟»¬- » ®؟ »®« °®»-- ¼ٍَ îَ· ²؟ «-»¼ ±² ؟· ؟´« ¬َ´ ±²¹ ·²-؛ًٍَô ï؟· »¬ »¼ °·°؟´«·²- ً ؟¬± ³ ؟¬· ²؟³ ؟®» °®±½»-- ¬»³°؟ · ²؟¬² ؛¬ «®» ±؟®»¬»³° ¸¬·© ع ïçp؛ً± ؟®»² ±«¬¼±±® ¼»-·¹² ¬»³°؟ ؛¬ «®» ±؟®»¬»³° ïٹ ؛± »- -«³ك ٍع p
؟¬×²- ¬×²- »´ ´ ¼·-¬®·¾«¬·±² ±® -«°°´§ ´·²؟¾؟ ¬¸ ¸»·¹؟ ¬؟ ھ ± »» ¬¸» °®±¼«½¬ ´·²ھ±؟»¬®»¯«·®·²¹ - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ »¸¬ ® ±ع ½ ·²¹ٍ؟®¬ ؛² ¼ °«®¹·²¹ ±؟ ؟ ²±²َ½ ±²¼»²-؛± ¾؟±²¼»²- ´»-ô ؟®¬ ¸½¬·° ؟®± ® ¹؛ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ ؟®¼ §¬ ·ھ؟®¹ · ²َ؟®¼ ¹؟ ؟®¬ ¼ ²؟ » °؟®¬ · ¸ج ´ ´ ´±© -°±¬-ٍ؟ ؟®¬ ¼· ±ھ؟ ´ -± ¸»´°؟ ´´·© »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ·¹«®» ï÷ٍع »»®»»¦·²¹ّ -؛ ھ®»± ½±²-ج » »²»®¹§ô ®»¬«®² ½±²َھ®»½±²- ؟¼»²- ¼»²® »»¦»َ°ع ¬ » ¬± ¬¸» ¾±·´»®ٍ؟ ®±َ ؟®¼ ¬»½¬·±² ؟®¬ · ²- ±²؟®¼ °؟®¬ ؟¸½ ¼·- »® ¹؟¸½¼·- ؟»¸ »¸ ¼؟ »®»¸© ¼»¬® » -«¹¹»-؟ »®- ھ»®® »»¦·²¹ ½±²¼·¬·±²- °؛ · ٍ´؟ھ»®°
َ ïغخثظ×ع ½±²ك ٍ ؟¼»²- ¼»²؟¬ » ³؟ ²؟³ ؛· ±؛· ¼´ ؟®¬ »´-¸±©- ³«´¬·° ½؟®¬ ®» ²؟ ´·²»- ؟»¬ ¼ - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ -
؟·®» ¬؟س ژ¸¬± ® ¬¸·- ³±²؛ ´؟·®» · ²¹»®¬·°-Œ ½±´«³²ع ®« ±ا ¬؟ ½ ¬-؟عچ -ژ¸¬³±² ؟® ³-¬®±²¹ ײ¬»®²ك §¾ ¼»·´- -«°°؟© ؟¬ ·±²؟ײ¬»®² ´ ô؟·±² ·½¸ٍس »®-ôھ·خ »»®¸ج
؟¬ ·- ¬¸» ½±²¼»²-؟ ¸ة ؟¬ » ´±؟½±²¼»²- ¼؟´± ل ؟´«±®³؛ »¸¬ -·²¹ث و؟´«®³ ٌ ¸éî ´¾م
ً ± ًٍ ع ً î î ً ë ً ٌ ¾´¬«ق èè
ٌ î ± î ¸ ٌع ¬ ٌٌ؛ ¬«ق ى ى ٍ î
¬؛ ¬´·² ٌ؛؛
ً ¬؛ ً ï
ًçï ٍï
ٌ ؟· ¼» ¾§ ¬¸®»» ·² ±®¼»® ¬± ¹»¬ ¬¸» ´±ھ ·ـ ¼؟´± ؟®¬ ®» ° و»½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ´¾¸ ٍ ى îو»´·² ه©·- -«®°®·-·²¹´§ ´± ؛»®»¸¬ ه©´± ؟± ®»ô ¬¸» -³؛»®»¸¬ ؟®¬ ¬´ ´»-؟-³ °؟®¬ ؟ ·- ²±®³ §´ ´؟²±®³ ¼؟ ؟«¯» ¾؟ - »¼ ±² ·¬-؟ق ¬ »ٍ؟«¯» ھ®» ·´·¬§ ¬± ½±²- ؟®»» »²»®¹§ ¾§ ±°ھ®»½±²- ¬ ·²¹؟®»±° ؟·´»® ·´»® ¾؟ ھ ´§ ± ؛ ´±²¹ °»®·±¼ ±؟ ® »ھ± ؟¸ ¬·³»ô؛± ؟² ¼´» ´·¹¸¬ ´±؟¸ ¼؟´± ¬ -ô ®»-·- ھ² ·²؟ ² ¼ °«®¹» ¬¸» -§-¬»³ô؟ ® »»¦·²¹؛ ؟®¬ ¬»» ®¬»¼ ¾«½µھ·² °؟®¬ ·- ®»½±³َ ؟®¬ ®±؛ ¼»¼³»² ھ®»½»® ´·²» -؟®¬ ·½»ٍھ®»-
½؟ع ±ا ¬؟ ¬- ©· ²¹»®¬·°- ع ®« ؟© ²¹»®¬·°- §¾ ¼»® -°±²-±
؟» ¬ح ³؟» ½؟®ج ®» »·²ش؟»°ـ و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟° »²µ·²ض ¬¬½±ح و®·¬±؟®»»³°ج ؛·¼ »®«¬؟®»³° ؟·¬»®»²؛؛·¼ ´؟·¬®»²
ًً ً ً ïë ç
ً ً é
ً ً ë
ً ى
ً ي
ًî ى
ً ً î
ً ïè
ً ê ïê ï
ً ïë
ïï ً ï ç
ïï ً ï ç
è
è
é
é
ê
ê
ë
ë
ح
؟ ¼»-·¹²؟ ¬؟ »® § °·°؟°®·³ ؟°®·³ ؛·¬ »¼ «²؟¼»-·¹² ؟®»± ®³ ¬»³°؛·«² ¬¬ «®»ٍ ײ ³±-؟®»¬»³° ؟®¬ »- »-ô ¬¸»-؟½ ؟® » «-»¼ ±«¬¼±±®-ô ©¸·½¸ ³؟ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ » µ؟³³؟ ؟»© ¬ ¾·»² ؟½·¬·®½ ؟ ¬ ¸»® ½±²¼·¬·±²-؟»© ؟®»¼·´ ½±²-؟½·¬·®½ ¬ ·±²ٍ؟®»¼·½±²- ؟¸ » °®·³ج ؛® § °«®°±-» ±؟°®·³ ؟»¬ -؛± ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ؟®¬ - ±² ؟¬»® ½ »® ´·²»- ·- ¬±؟®¬ · ²؟¬»® ؟»¬¬¸» - ³؟»¬- ؟´ «²¬·´ ·¬- ؟»¸ ¬¬ »²؟´ ؟¸½² ¼ ¬¸»² ¼·-؟ « ´´§ «¬·´·¦»¼ô؛ ¬ ·-؟»¸ »® ¹؟¸½¼·- ؟¬¸» ½±²¼»²- ؟² ¼ ²±²َ½ ±²¼»²-؟ » ¬؟½±²¼»²- ¾؟±²¼»²- ؟ ´» ¹ § ²؟ ¸¬·© »«®¬ - ·-ك - »-ٍ؟¹ ؛°·»½» ± ؟»¸ ؛± ؟®¬ ¬؟»¸ ؛² -؟®¬ ؟» » ® »¯«·°³»²¬ô؛- ؟®¬ ¸ ½؟» ؟¸ ¼´«½ »® ´·²» -¸±؟®¬ ¬· »ھ؟¸؟®¬ ±©² °؟®¬ ؟®¬ »´» ² ¬¸±«¹¸ ³«´¬·°ھغ ٍ ؟½ »® ´·²»- ³؟®¬ ؟¬§ ¾» ·²-؟³ ´ ´»¼ ±²؟¬·²- -¸±®¬َ½·®½«·¬·²¹ٍ ؟»¬² ¼ -·¦·²¹ -؟ ײ -»´»½¬·²¹ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ؟¬® -ô ·¬ ·- ·³°± ®»¼·² ¬ ¬± ½±²-؟¬®·³°± ؟¬¸»·® ½±³° ھ·¬½»¶¾¬ ·¾·´·¬§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ±؟½±³° ؛» - ±ھ·¬½»¶¾± ؟®¬ -؟ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ô؛± °؟®¬ ¬ - ³«- و± ´´±©·²¹؛ »¸¬ ¸½ ½±³°´·-؟ و´´±©·²¹ ھ®»± ²-ف ïٍ ؟®»» »²»®¹§ ¾§ ±°ھ®»²- ؟·´»® ¬ ·²¹؟®»±° ¾؟·´»® ھ ´§ ± ¼ ´±²¹ ¬·³» °»®·±؟ ® »ھ± ھ® ±ذ îٍ ¾؟ »¼ ·ھ± ؟¸½ ®«°¬ °»®·±¼·½ ¼·- »¸¬ »® ¹» ·² ±®¼»® ¬± °«®¹؟¸½¼·- ؟½±²¼»²- ½±²¼»²»® ±³ ¬¸» ´·²؛ ® ·؟ ¼ ²؟ » ¬؟ °ر ٍي ؟®» ؟¬ » «²¼»® ´·¹¸¬ ´±؟®» ¼؟´± ½±²¼·¬·±²؟¼ ¬» -·-خ ٍى ³؟¼ ¹؟ ؟»¬ ¬¸» -؛·؛· ® »»¦·²¹؛ ® ±³؛ » ³؟»¬- ؛ ·- -¸«¬ ± ؛؛± ؛¸ » ½±-¬ ±ج ؟»¬ -؛± ³؟»¬- ؟ ³ ؟© µ »-؟³ ؛»¬ -؟© ؟®¬ ´ «؛»¬ ؟¬·¾®² »¨±؟ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ ¬ ²؟¬·¾®»¨± ؟»¸® »ھ± ¼؟»¸® ؟¸¬ ؟½ §®¬¬ ²± ·²¼«-؟¸¬ ± ®¼ٍ؛؛؟ ²؟½
ٍëى
ٍëى
ًى ٍ
ًى ٍ
ٍëي يٍي
ٍëي يٍي
ًي ٍ
ًي ٍ
î ٍ è
î ٍ è
î ٍ ê
î ٍ ê
î ٍ ë
î ٍ ë
î ىٍ
î ىٍ
î يٍ
î يٍ
°؟ ®ج ±؛ -»´»½¬·±² ؟»¬ ® - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ ½؟®¬ »® ´·²»-
î ٍ î
î ٍ î
î ٍïë
î ٍïë
؟¸ » ½±²¼»²-ج ؟¬ » ´±؟½±²¼»²- ¼؟´± ؟¸ »¾ ¬± ؟»¬ -؟ ² ¼´»¼ ±²؟¸ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ ؟½ »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ²؟½ ؟»¸ »¸¬ ® ±³؛ ¼»¾» ¼»¬»®³·² ® ±³ ¬¸» °®±¼«½¬ °·°» ¾§ «-·²¹؛ ¬ ´±--؟»¸ ؟´«± ®³؛ ¬¸·- و؟´«®³ غ
ً î ٍï
ج
ث ط
ش
د
ح
و»®» ¸ة و»®» ٌ ±ف م د ؟ ²¼»²- ؟¬ » ´±؟²¼»²- ¼؟´± ·² ´¾¸ ؛» ²¹¬¸ ±ش م » °®±¼«½¬ °·°؛± ش ؟®¬ ¾»¬©»»² »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ؟®¬ ®¬ °؟ ¬؛ - ·² »ط م ث ؟®¬ ¬؟ٌ ؛² -؟®¬ ½ ¬±® ·²؟؛ ® »؛- ¸ٌعٌ¬ îp؛¬«ق ®»»³°ج م ؟®»»³° ؛·¼ »®« ¬؟ ؟·¬» ®»²؛؛·¼ ع´ ·² p؟·¬®»² عp
îغخثظ×ع ¾ ّ ھ ± »ھ± ¸ج ÷ ؟® » ¹ °؟®¹ ¸ ؟ ٍ ؟»¸ ¼»°·½¬- ؛¬ ´±-- ±؟»¸ ²؟ ؛± ؟´« «²·²- ¼» ¬؟´««²·²- ¸ج °·°»ٍ ؟®» » ¬»³° ؛·¼ »®« ¬؟®»¬»³° »؛؛·¼ ؟·¬ ®»² · ´؟·¬®»²ھ·®»¼ ·®»¼ »ھ ؟®»® ±³ ¬¸» °®±½»-- ¬»³°؛ ¼ َ؟®»¬»³° «¬«®» ³·²³¾·»²¬ ¼»-·¹²؟ ³·²«- ÷ع éëمج¼»-·¹²ّ
»؛؟ح ½؟؛ §¬ ® ¬±
و î؟ » -ث ïوî ؟ - ®»¸¬»¸© ®½ ¬±؟؛ §¬ »؛؟- ³؟ »¨°±-«®» ¬± ؟»© ¬ ¾·»² ®»¸ ¬؟»© ھ½±²¼·¬·±²- ·- ·² ھ´ ±ھ·² » ¼ ±® ²±¬ٍھ´ ھ± ²±¬ ±ـ ؟»¬» ®-·¦» -ھ± ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ® - ± ؟®¬ ®¬ ؟»¬ -؟ ¬½»´ »ح ½ »® ´·²»-ٍ؟ ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ ھ®»¬± ½±²- ¼· ±ھ؟ ² ¼ ¬±؟ §» »²»®¹ھ®»½±²- ؟½°´«¹¹·²¹ ©·¬¸ ¼·®¬ô - ¼ ²؟ » ´؟½- ؟¬»³ ¬»³ ´´·½ ±¨·¼»-ٍ؟
غ
ً ٍéٹ ï ً ٍîم ë ® ë ± ÷ ë ً ٍîم غ ؟»· ²ش م ؛» »¬ ±؛ ®؟»² » °·°؛± ؛®« -؛¬ î ±؛ ®»°·°» ´·²» ° »½؟؛®«- ٌ ؟»¸ ¬¬ »²؟ش م ؛¬ ±؟»¸ »¬ -؛± ؟»¬- ³؟ ¾ ¬ «´ق ·²
ح ط
غشذسكبغ ؟¬×²- ¬×²- ؟´´؟ ¬·±²؟´
ً ؟®¬ »»® ¸ج ؟»¬ً¬ ïً°-·¹ -؟ ½ »®ً ´·²»-؟®¬ ³؟»¬- » ®؟ »®« °®»-- ¼ٍَ îَ· ²؟ «-»¼ ±² ؟· ؟´« ¬َ´ ±²¹ ·²-؛ًٍَô ï؟· »¬ »¼ °·°؟´«·²- ً ؟¬± ³ ؟¬· ²؟³ ؟®» °®±½»-- ¬»³°؟ · ²؟¬² ؛¬ «®» ±؟®»¬»³° ¸¬·© ع ïçp؛ً± ؟®»² ±«¬¼±±® ¼»-·¹² ¬»³°؟ ؛¬ «®» ±؟®»¬»³° ïٹ ؛± »- -«³ك ٍع p
؟¬×²- ¬×²- »´ ´ ¼·-¬®·¾«¬·±² ±® -«°°´§ ´·²؟¾؟ ¬¸ ¸»·¹؟ ¬؟ ھ ± »» ¬¸» °®±¼«½¬ ´·²ھ±؟»¬®»¯«·®·²¹ - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ »¸¬ ® ±ع ½ ·²¹ٍ؟®¬ ؛² ¼ °«®¹·²¹ ±؟ ؟ ²±²َ½ ±²¼»²-؛± ¾؟±²¼»²- ´»-ô ؟®¬ ¸½¬·° ؟®± ® ¹؛ ½ »® ´·²»-؟®¬ ؟®¼ §¬ ·ھ؟®¹ · ²َ؟®¼ ¹؟ ؟®¬ ¼ ²؟ » °؟®¬ · ¸ج ´ ´ ´±© -°±¬-ٍ؟ ؟®¬ ¼· ±ھ؟ ´ -± ¸»´°؟ ´´·© »½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ·¹«®» ï÷ٍع »»®»»¦·²¹ّ -؛ ھ®»± ½±²-ج » »²»®¹§ô ®»¬«®² ½±²َھ®»½±²- ؟¼»²- ¼»²® »»¦»َ°ع ¬ » ¬± ¬¸» ¾±·´»®ٍ؟ ®±َ ؟®¼ ¬»½¬·±² ؟®¬ · ²- ±²؟®¼ °؟®¬ ؟¸½ ¼·- »® ¹؟¸½¼·- ؟»¸ »¸ ¼؟ »®»¸© ¼»¬® » -«¹¹»-؟ »®- ھ»®® »»¦·²¹ ½±²¼·¬·±²- °؛ · ٍ´؟ھ»®°
َ ïغخثظ×ع ½±²ك ٍ ؟¼»²- ¼»²؟¬ » ³؟ ²؟³ ؛· ±؛· ¼´ ؟®¬ »´-¸±©- ³«´¬·° ½؟®¬ ®» ²؟ ´·²»- ؟»¬ ¼ - ³؟»¬- ؟®¬ °؟®¬ -
؟·®» ¬؟س ژ¸¬± ® ¬¸·- ³±²؛ ´؟·®» · ²¹»®¬·°-Œ ½±´«³²ع ®« ±ا ¬؟ ½ ¬-؟عچ -ژ¸¬³±² ؟® ³-¬®±²¹ ײ¬»®²ك §¾ ¼»·´- -«°°؟© ؟¬ ·±²؟ײ¬»®² ´ ô؟·±² ·½¸ٍس »®-ôھ·خ »»®¸ج
؟¬ ·- ¬¸» ½±²¼»²-؟ ¸ة ؟¬ » ´±؟½±²¼»²- ¼؟´± ل ؟´«±®³؛ »¸¬ -·²¹ث و؟´«®³ ٌ ¸éî ´¾م
ً ± ًٍ ع ً î î ً ë ً ٌ ¾´¬«ق èè
ٌ î ± î ¸ ٌع ¬ ٌٌ؛ ¬«ق ى ى ٍ î
¬؛ ¬´·² ٌ؛؛
ً ¬؛ ً ï
ًçï ٍï
ٌ ؟· ¼» ¾§ ¬¸®»» ·² ±®¼»® ¬± ¹»¬ ¬¸» ´±ھ ·ـ ¼؟´± ؟®¬ ®» ° و»½ »® ´·²؟®¬ ´¾¸ ٍ ى îو»´·² ه©·- -«®°®·-·²¹´§ ´± ؛»®»¸¬ ه©´± ؟± ®»ô ¬¸» -³؛»®»¸¬ ؟®¬ ¬´ ´»-؟-³ °؟®¬ ؟ ·- ²±®³ §´ ´؟²±®³ ¼؟ ؟«¯» ¾؟ - »¼ ±² ·¬-؟ق ¬ »ٍ؟«¯» ھ®» ·´·¬§ ¬± ½±²- ؟®»» »²»®¹§ ¾§ ±°ھ®»½±²- ¬ ·²¹؟®»±° ؟·´»® ·´»® ¾؟ ھ ´§ ± ؛ ´±²¹ °»®·±¼ ±؟ ® »ھ± ؟¸ ¬·³»ô؛± ؟² ¼´» ´·¹¸¬ ´±؟¸ ¼؟´± ¬ -ô ®»-·- ھ² ·²؟ ² ¼ °«®¹» ¬¸» -§-¬»³ô؟ ® »»¦·²¹؛ ؟®¬ ¬»» ®¬»¼ ¾«½µھ·² °؟®¬ ·- ®»½±³َ ؟®¬ ®±؛ ¼»¼³»² ھ®»½»® ´·²» -؟®¬ ·½»ٍھ®»-
½؟ع ±ا ¬؟ ¬- ©· ²¹»®¬·°- ع ®« ؟© ²¹»®¬·°- §¾ ¼»® -°±²-±
Heat Transfer Fluids and Systems Department Editor: Rebekkah Marshall
STARTUP
FLUID ANAL ANALYSIS YSIS
1. Verifycontrolan Verifycontrolandsafetys dsafetysystems:Itis ystems:Itisvitallyimvitallyimportanttoverifyallcontro portanttoverifyallcontrolandsafetysystem landsafetysystems s arecalibratedandreadyforoperationandare functioningproperly 2.Checkforleakage 3.Remove Remove moisture moisture from the system, system, using using dry, dry, compressedairorothersuitablemeans.Fillthe systemwithheattransferfluid 4.Systemfilling a. Fillthesystemtodesiredlevelavoidingany unnecessaryaerationofthefluid b. Openallvalves,thenstartthemaincirculationpumpinaccordancewiththemanufacturer’srecommendations.Allowforthermal expansio expansion n of fluid in determining determining the cold chargelevel c. Circulatetheheattransf C irculatetheheattransferfluidthrou erfluidthroughthe ghthe systemforabout3to4hourstoeliminateair pockets,and pockets,and toassu to assurecompletesystem recompletesystem fill beforefiringtheheater 5.Starttheheater a. Bringthesystemuptotemperatureslowlyto helppreventtherma helppreventthermalshocktoheatertubes lshocktoheatertubes, , tube/heaterjointsandrefractorymaterials; andallow operator operators s tocheck to check thefunctionthefunctioning of instru instrumen ments ts and and contro controls. ls. The slow slow heat-upwillalsoallowmoisturetrappedin allsectionsofthesystemtoescapeasvapor. Inertgasshouldsweeptheexpansiontankto removenoncondensablesandresidualmoisturetoasafelocation.Holdthetemperature stableabove100°C(212°F)untilnosigns ofmoistureremain(knockingorrattlingof pipes,nomoisturefromven pipes,nomoisturefromvents,andso ts,andsoon) on) b. Bringthesystemtooperatingtemperature, putthe“users”online,andplacetheexpansion-tankinertingsystemintooperation c. Thefluidshouldgenerallybeanalyzedwithin 24hofplantstartupandannuallythereafter d. Checkandcleanstartupstrainersasneeded The system system should should beheated beheated and and cooled cooled for at leasttwocycle leasttwocycleswiththe swiththe filter filter inplace inplace sincethe sincethe resultingexpansionandcontractionwillloosenmill scale.Reinsulateanysurfacesleftbareforleakcheckingpurposes.
Fluid testing testing helps helps detect system system malfuncti malfunction, on, fluid contaminat contamination, ion, moisture, moisture, thermal thermal degradation,aswellasotherfactorsthatimpactsystemperformance(seeTable).For systemsoperatingnearthe systemsoperatingnearthefluid’ fluid’smaximumtemper smaximumtemperature,annua ature,annualanalysisis lanalysisissuggested. suggested.
OPERATIONS Heaters: Proper Proper fluid-heat fluid-heater er operation operation will help ensurelonglifeofthefluid.C ensurelonglifeofthefluid.Commonheaterpr ommonheaterproboblems include include flame impingemen impingement, t, excessive excessive heat flux,controlovershoot,lowfluidflow,andinterlock malfunctions. Piping and pumps: Aleak-freesystemwillhelpto Aleak-freesystemwillhelpto ensuresafeandreliableoperation.Somekeyfeaturesofaleak-freedesignar turesofaleak-freedesignareasfollows: easfollows: • Maintainvalvesandpump Maintainvalvesandpumppackingand packingandseals seals • Avoid Avoidthe theuseof useof threadedfittings(weldedor threadedfittings(weldedor flangedconnectionsarepreferred) • Realignpumpsandretorqueflangesoncesystemachievesoperatingtemperatureafterinitial systemstartup • Confirmwithyourfluidsupplierwhattheproper elastomersare.Notallelastomersarecompatiblewithallheattransferfluids
Test result
Potential effects
Possible cause
Viscosity increase
Poor heat-transfer rate, de- • Contamination posits, high vapor pressure, • Thermal degradation pump cavitation • Fluid oxidation
4, 5 4, 5 3, 4
Total acid number increase
System corrosion, deposits
• Severe oxidation • Acidic contamination
3, 4 4, 5
Moisture increase
Corrosion, excess system pressure, pump cavitation, mechanical knocking
• System leaks • Residual moisture in new or cleaned unit • Unprotected vent or storage
2 2
Insoluble solids increase
Poor heat transfer, wear of pump seals, plugging in narrow passages
• Contamination • Dirt • Corrosion • Oxidation • Thermal stress
Low- and high-boiler increase**
Pump cavitation, poor heat • Low boilers transfer, excess system • High boilers pressure, deposits • Contamination
Possible actions*
2, 3 1, 4, 5 1, 4 1, 3, 5 1, 3 1, 4 2 4 4, 5
* For detailed guidance on actions, please consult with your fluid engineering specialist. ** For an excellent discussion on low and high boilers, please consult Ref. [ 4 ]. ].
Possible actions 1. Filtration: Small Small diameter diameter particles particles suspendedinheattransferfluidcanbeeffectivelyremovedviafiltration.Filterswith 100-mmorlessnominal-particle-removal ratings ratings should should be considere considered d for initial initial system system treatm treatment ent. . Contin Continuo uous us filtra filtratio tion n through10-mmratedfilterscanmaintain systemcleanliness 2. Venting: Iflowboilerconcentrationand/ ormoistureisallowedtoreachexcessive levelsinthefluid,problemssuchaspump cavitation,increasedsystempressureand flash-pointdepressioncanoccur.Intermittent,controlledventingtoasafelocation isacommonsolutiontominimizethepo-isacommonsolutiontominimizethepo tentialforproblemscausedbyexcessive lowboilerormoistureconcentration 3. Inerting: Aneffectivemethodofminimiz Aneffectivemethodofminimizingfluidoxidationistoblankettheexpansiontankwithaclean,dry pansiontankwithaclean,dry,inertgas, ,inertgas, suchasnitrogen,CO2,ornaturalgas 4. Dilution/replacement: Canbeusedtoremovesomefraction(orall)ofthefluidand replacewithvirginfluidtomaintainfluid propertieswithinnormalranges.Caution is advis advised ed when when using using recla reclaime imed d fluid fluid, , which which can return return degrad degradatio ation n produc products ts and/orcontaminantsintothesystem 5. Cleaning: Ifasystemflushisnecessary, several several different differentmetho methods dsareavailabl areavailable. e. Specialty-engineered, heat-transfer flush fluidsmaybeusedtoremovesludgeor tar from from piping piping/eq /equip uipmen ment. t. Hard Hard carcarbondepositsonheatersurfaces(“coke”) generallyrequiretheuseofmechanical cleani cleaning ng techniq techniques ues like like sand sand or bead bead
Facts at at Your Fingertips SponSored by
blasting,wirebrushing,orhigh-pressure waterjetting.Forprocesscontamination, consultwithyourfluidsupplierforsuggestedcleaningmethods
SHUTDOWN Preventoverheatingoffluidduetoresidual heatintheheater. 1.ShutoffburnercompletelywiththecircuShutoffburnercompletelywiththecirculating pump stilloperating.Continueto stilloperating.Continueto runthepumpatfullcapacitytodissipate residualheatintheheater 2. Whentheheaterhascooledtothemanufacturer’srecommendedlowtemperature, shutoffthecirculatin shutoffthecirculatingpumpandswitc gpumpandswitch h offrequiredheaterelectricalcontrols 3.CautionmustbeexercisedduringshutCautionmustbeexercisedduringshutdowntoensurethatnoareainthesys-downtoensurethatnoareainthesys tempipingistotallyandcom tempipingistotallyandcompletelyisopletelyisolated.Thiswillpreventavacuumfrom forming,whichcoulddamage(implode) equipment 4.Operateheattracing,ifneeded References and further reading 1.Gamb G amble le, , C.E. C.E., , Cost Cost Mana Manage geme ment nt in Heat Heat TransferSystems,Chem. TransferSystems,Chem. Eng. Prog.,July2006 Prog.,July2006 pp.22–26. 2. Gamble,C.E.,CleaningOrganicHeatTransfer FluidSystems,Process FluidSystems,Process Heating ,Oct.2002. ,Oct.2002. 3. Beain, Beain, others, others, Proper Properly ly Clean Clean Out Your OrganicHeatTransferFluidSystem, Chem. Eng. Prog.,May2001. Prog.,May2001. 4. Spurlin,others,DefiningThermalStability, Spurlin,others,DefiningThermalStability,ProProcess Heating ,Nov.2000. ,Nov.2000. 5. “LiquidPhaseDesignGuide,”Pub#7239128C, Solutia,Inc.,1999.
Heat Transfer System Design Department Editor: Kate Torzewski pumps
•Usecellularglassinsulation,whichis resistanttouidsaturation,inareasofthe systemwhereleaksarelikelytodevelop •Centrifugalpumpswithcastorforged • Ifaleakdevelops,removetheinsulation, steelcasingsaretypicallyappropriatefor andcontaintheuiduntiltheleakcanbe systemswithlargeowrates repaired •Positivedisplacementpumpsfrequently • Onverticalrunsofpipewhereoccasioncanhandlesmallerowratesoflessthan alleakscandevelopatanges,install 100gal/min protectivetight-ttingcapstodivertany •Seallesspumps(cannedmotoror uidleakageoutsidetheinsulation magneticdrive)avoidtheinstallationof • Installvalvestemshorizontallyorina mechanicalseals downwardpositionsothatanystemleakAtypicalcentrifugalpumpcanbeexpected agedoesnotentertheinsulation todeliveroperationalheadofabout: materials of construction
wheregisgravitationalaccelerationinm/ s2,D istherotordiameterinmandnisthe rotorspeedinrpm. Pumpmanufacturersusuallyspecifythat above450°F(230°C),acooled,jacketedstufngboxoracooledmechanical sealshouldbeused.Secondarysealing withventanddrainglandsissuggested tocollectuidleakageandtoprovide spaceforinertingtheoutsideoftheseal. Inertblanketingofthesealwithsteam ornitrogeneliminatesoxidationdeposit formation,whichcanleadtosealleakage. Thissecondarysealingprovidesadditional safetyinthecaseofsuddensealfailure. Someuidleakageatthesealiscommon inmechanicallysealedpumps.Forthose applicationswherethesmallleakageis undesirable,considertheuseofasealless pump.Whenselectingaseallesspump,the designermustconsidertheimpactofheat generatedbythemotorstatorrelativetothe vaporpressureofthepumpeduid. Onpumpswithastuffingbox,atleast fiveringsofpackingshouldbeprovided,suchaslaminargraphiterings.If expansionloopsareusedinthepump suctionpiping,theyshouldbeinstalled horizontally.
Systemmaterialsofconstructionmustbecom patiblewiththeheattransferuidinuse. Materialsofconstructionmustalsobe selectedonthebasisoftheirsuitabilityfor operationthroughoutthesystem’stemperaturerange(seetablebelow).Theusable rangesarebasedonthelowtemperature atwhichthematerialbecomesbrittleand thehightemperatureatwhichthematerial beginstolosemechanicalstrength. Itisadvisabletopracticere-safe constructionwhendesigningorganic heat-transfer-uidsystems.Fireresistance addressestheabilityofapipingsystemto remainfreeofdamagingleakswhenex posedtoexternalre.Apipingcomponent istypicallyconsideredtobereresistant whenitisabletowithstandexposureto 1200°F(650°C)for30min. Static seals
Typical temperature range
Fluoroelastomers
–10°F ( –25°C) to 400°F (200°C)
Flexible graphite
–325°F (–200°C) to 800°F (425°C)
Thepossibilityofleakagethroughjointsand ttingsischaracteristicofmostorganicheattransferuidsunlessthettingsareextremely tight.Systemdesignshouldminimizethenum berofconnectionsinthepipinglayout.The bestwaytopreventpipingleakageistoweld allconnections.Useofthreadedttingsis stronglydiscouragedduetotheirtendencyto leak.Whereaccessisnecessary,raised-face angeswithweldneckjointsorequivalent raised-faceangesshouldbeused,asshown inthetablebelow. Flange Use when type
Recommended gasketing
Class 150
Max. operating temp. < 350°F, Operating range < 300°F (175°C), Operating range < 300°F (170°C)
Metalinserted exible graphite gaskets
Class 300
Max. operating temp. > 350°F, Operating range > 300°F (175°C), Operating range > 300°F (170°C)
Flexible graphite-flled spiral-wound gaskets
Factorsaffectingtheleakperformanceof theangesincludetheabilityoftheange boltingtoeffectivelyseatthegasketandthe abilityoftheangetowithstandexternal momentsinthepipingsystem. Allpipinglayoutsshouldtakeintoaccounttheexpansionandcontractionofthe pipingwithtemperature,accordingtothe equation , where is the material’scoefcientofthermalexpansion.Itisvitalthatthestressplacedonthe systemduringitsexpansionfromambientto operatingconditionsnotexceedallowable stresslimits. filters
Piping Copper
–325°F (–200°C) to 350°F (175°C)
Car bon steel
–20°F ( –30°C) to 800°F (425°C)
Low alloy steel
–150°F (–100°C) to 800°F (425°C)
Stainless steel
–325°F (–200°C) to 800°F (425°C)
insulation
Normalhigh-temperatureinsulation,such ascalciumsilicate,mineralwoolandcellularglass,canbeusedinheattransferuid systems.However,uid-saturatedinsulation isapotentialrehazardatthetemperaturesoftenencounteredwhileoperating suchsystems.Organicheattransferuids generallycanexhibitaslowoxidation reactionwithairinthepresenceofporous insulatingmaterialsattemperaturesabove 500°F(260°C). Tominimizetherehazardpotentialin insulationsystems:
piping layout
Beforestartupofanewsystem,install awiremeshstrainerofapproximately 120-micronmeshsizeinthepumpsuction. Pipingsystemsshouldalsobedesigned withprovisionsfortheinstallationofasidestreamlter.Filtersthathavegenerallybeen employedfortheseapplicationsareglass berstring-woundcartridgesorcleanable sintered-metalltersinthe1–30-micronrange.
References 1.Wagner,W.,HeatTransfe rTechniquew ithOrganic Media,Gräfelng-München:TechnischerVerlagResch KG,1977. 2.Gamble,C.E.,CostManagementinHeatTransfer Systems,Chem. Eng. Prog. ,July2006pp.22-26.
3.“SystemsDesignData,”Pub.#7239193ver.C,Sol utia Inc.,2002. 4.“SystemDesignandMaintenance,”Pub.#TBS10-25 (E),SolutiaInc.,1998. 5.“LiquidPhaseDesignGuide,”Pub.#7239128C, SolutiaInc.,1999.
NOTICE:Althoughtheinformationandrecommendationssetforthherein(hereinafter“Information”)arepresentedingoodfaithandbelievedtobecorrectasofthedatehereof,SolutiaInc.makesno representationsorwarrantiesastothecompletenessoraccuracythereof.Informationissuppliedupontheconditionthatthepersonsreceivingsamewillmaketheirowndeterminationastoitssuitability fortheirpurposespriortouse.InnoeventwillSolutiaberesponsiblefordamagesofanynaturewhatsoeverresultingfromtheuseoforrelianceuponInformationortheproducttowhichInformation refers.Nothingcontainedhereinistobeconstruedasarecommendationtouseanyproduct,process,equipmentorformulationinconictwithanypatent,andSolutiamakesnorepresentationorwar ranty,expressorimplied,thattheusethereofwillnotinfringeanypatent.NOREPRESENTATIONSORWARRANTIES,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED,OFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULAR PURPOSEOROFANYOTHERNATUREAREMADEHEREUNDERWITHRESPECTTOINFORMATIONORTHEPRODUCTTOWHICHINFORMATIONREFERS
Facts at Your Fingertips
Sponsored by
Heat transfer
By Rebekkah Marshall
Basic Equations for HEat transfEr
Conduction:
q dT = k A dx
(1)
Convection:
q = havg A s (T s − Tf )
(2)
Radiation
q 4 = εσ (Ts4 − T sur ) A
(3)
HEat transfEr tHrougH sHEll-and-tuBE HEat ExcHangErs
Heatdutyforexchangertransferringsensibleheat:
q = mC ˙ p ,avg (To − Ti ) Foruseinheat-exchangercalculations, Equation(2)aboveisoftenwrittenasfollows:
(5)
whereU canbecalculatedfromthefollowing relationship;
1= 1+ 1 + 1 +1 U ho hi (Di / D o ) hw hs
(6)
Variousequationsareavailable(seethereferences)forcalculatinghi andho ,dependingon suchfactorsastheReynoldsnumbersforthe flowingfluidsandwhetherthefluidsundergo sensibleheattransferor,instead,vaporization orcondensation.Forinstance,forsensibleheat transferwithfluidsunderforcedconvection infullyturbulentflowinsidetubeswithsharpedgedentrances,thefollowing,wellestablished relationshipinvolvingtheNusselt,Reynoldsand Prandtlnumbersholds: 1/ 3
0.14 0.8 D m˙ c µ hi D i (7) = 0.023 i p µ k µ k µ w Withtheassumptionthatthe( m/m w)termcan beignored,theimmediatelyaboveequationhas beenrearrangedasfollows[ 1,2 ]tofacilitate assessingtheeffectsoffluid(andsystem)propertiesuponhi (assumingsensibleheattransfer, fullturbulence,fluidinsidetubes):
hi = 0.023
m˙ 0.8k 2 /3 c p 1/ 3
(8)
D i 0.2 µ 0.47 Forsensibleheattransferwithfluidsunder forcedconvectionflowingacrosstubebanks (thus,outsidethetubes),thefollowingrelationshiphasbeenpublished[ 3 ] h = a cm˙ c µ 2/ 3 D m˙ m µ 0.14 o w (9) µ µ k
Inthisequation,thevaluesof a andmaretobe asfollows: Tube pattern Staggered Staggered Staggered Inline Inline Inline
Reynolds number above200,000 300to200,000 lessthan300 above200,000 300to200,000 lessthan300
∆T LM =
(Th − t h ) − (Tc − t c ) ln(Th − t h ) / (Tc − t c )
(10)
Energybalanceforaheatexchanger Ifanyheatexchangewiththeambientairis neglected,thefollowingrelationshipisvalid;
mt ˙ h (H ha H hb ) mt ˙ c (H cb Hca ) q (11) −
=
−
=
BatcH HEating
(4)
q = UAs ∆T
ForanexcellentdiscussionoftheEquation(6) foulingfactor,hs,seeReference[4 ]. Theappropriate DT dependsontheconfigurationoftheheatexchanger(seereferences). Forexample,forasimplecountercurrentflowexchanger,theappropriatetemperature (referredtoasthelogmeantemperaturedifference, DT LM),isfoundasfollows;
m
a
0.300 0.365 0.640 0.300 0.349 0.569
0.166 0.273 1.309 0.124 0.211 0.742
Forheatingabatchoffluidfromtemperature T 1toT 2,bymeansofaninternalcoilofarea A andanisothermalheatingmediumattemperatureT ,thefollowingrelationshipholds:
T − T 1 UA θ = T − T 2 cM
ln
(12)
stEady-statE HEat flow By conduction
Forconductionthroughahomogeneousplane wallofthickness x andconstant(oraverage) thermalconductivityk ,
q = k ∆T A x
(13)
where DT isthetemperaturedifferencethrough thewall Forconductionthroughathree-layerplanewall (forexample,awallwiththermalinsulationon eachside),havinglayersofthicknesses x 1, x 2 and x 3andthermalconductivities k 1, k 2andk 3,
q =
x 1
k1A
+ x 2
∆T
x 3 k2 A + k 3A
(14)
where DT istheoveralltemperaturedifference acrossallthreelayers Forconductionthroughthewallofacylinderof lengthL ,whoseinnerandouterradiiare r inner andr outer ,withinnerandouterwallsattemperaturesT s,inner andT s,outer ,
q =
k (2π L )(Ts ,inner − Ts , outer ) ln r outer r inner
(15)
References 1. Guffey, G.E., SizingUp Heat TransferFluids and Heaters, Chem. Eng . , pp. 126–131, October1997. 2. McCabe,SmithandHarriott,“UnitOperations ofChemicalEngineering,”McGraw-Hill. 3. Chopey, ed., “Handbook of Chemical EngineeringCalculations,”,McGraw-Hill. 4. Polley,PutFoulinginItsPlace,Chem.Eng .,pp. 46-49,December2002. 5. Incropera and DeWitt, “Introduction to Heat Transfer,”Wiley. 6. Jones,ThermalDesignoftheShell-and-Tube, Chem.Eng .,pp.60–65,March2002.
nOMenCLatUre:
A cross-sectionalareaperpendiculartothe flowofheat a parameterinconvection-coefficient equation A s surfacearea c, C p specificheat;specificheatatconstant pressure C p,avg specificheatataveragefluidtemperature D i innerdiameterofheat-exchangertube D o outerdiameterofheat-exchangertube H ca ,H ha enthalpyperunitmassofentering coldandwarmfluid,respectively H cb ,H hb enthalpyperunitmassofexiting coldandhotfluid,respectively h avg averageconvectioncoefficient h i convectioncoefficientforinnertubewall h o convectioncoefficientforoutertubewall h s foulingheat-transfercoefficient h w coefficientofheat-transferradially throughtubewall;afunctionoftube thicknessandthermalconductivity k thermalconductivity L length M weightofbatch m parameterinconvection-coefficient equation • m massflowrateoffluid • t massflowrateofcoldfluid m c • m t h massflowrateofhotfluid q rateofheatflow T temperature(forradiationcalculations, useabsolutetemperature) T c inaheatexchanger,theexittemperatureforthestreambeingcooled T f temperatureoffluid T h inaheatexchanger,theinlettemperatureforthestreambeingcooled T i inlettemperature T o outlettemperature T s temperatureofsurface(forradiation calculations,useabsolutetemperature) T sur temperatureofsurroundings(forradiationcalculations,useabsolutetemperature) t c inaheatexchangertheinlettemperatureforthestreambeingheated t h inaheatexchanger,theoutlettemperatureforthestreambeingheated DT LM logmeantemperaturedifference DT/dx temperaturegradientduringconductive heatflow U overallheattransfercoefficient x distancetheheatflowsduringconduction e emissivity m viscosity;viscosityatbulkfluidtemperature m w viscosityattube-walltemperature s Stefan-Boltzmannconstant q
timerequiredforbatchheating
ط»؟¬ ج®؟²-؛»®و ح§-¬»³ ـ»-·¹² ×× ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ غ¼·¬±®ح و½±¬¬ ض»²µ·²حزكذبغ×زر صزكج
ك ©»´´ ¼»-·¹²»¼ »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µو ïٍ ؟س·²¬؟·²- ؟ -¬؟¬·½ °«³°َ- «½¬·±² ¸»؟¼ îٍ ف±³°»²-؟¬»- ؛±® ¬»³°»®؟¬«®»َ® »´؟¬»¼ ھ±´«³» ؟²¼ °®»--«®» ½¸؟²¹»يٍ ذ®±ھ·¼»- ؟ ³»؟²- ±؛ ھ»²¬·²¹ ³±·-¬«®» ؟²¼ ´±© ¾±·´»®ث-«؟´´§ô ¬¸» »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ ·- ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ؟¬ ¬¸» ¸·¹¸»-¬ °±·²¬ ·² ¬¸» -§-¬»³ ؟²¼ ·½±²²»½¬»¼ ¬± ¬¸» -«½¬·±² -·¼» ±؛ ¬¸» °«³°-ٍ ׬ -¸±«´¼ -»®ھ» ؟- ¬¸» ³؟·² ھ»²¬·²¹ °±·²¬ ±؛ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ô ؟- ©»´´ ؟- °®±ھ·¼» ؛±® -§-¬»³ ±°»®؟¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» ®؟²¹»ٍ ع±® ¸»؟¬َ ·²¹ ½·®½«·¬-ô ¬¸» »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ -¸±«´¼ ¾» -·¦»¼ -± ¬¸؟¬ ·¬ ·- ±²»َ¯ «؟®¬»® ؛«´´ ؟¬ ؟³¾·»²¬ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» ؟²¼ ¬¸®»»َ¯ «؟®¬»®- ؛«´´ ©¸»² ¬¸» -§-¬»³ ·- ؟¬ ±°»®؟¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®»ٍ ع±® ½±±´·²¹ô ·¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ھ·½» ھ»®-؟ٍ ج¸» ¼±«¾´» ¼®±°َ´»¹ »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ
-؟¬·-؟؛½¬±®·´§ ¾§ ®»´؟¬·ھ»´§ -·³°´» چ±²َ± ؛؛Œ َ ±® چ¸·¹¸´ ±©Œ ½±²¬®±´´»®-ٍ ط±©»ھ»®ô «²·¬±؛ ؟´´ -·¦»- ©·´´ ±°»®؟¬» ³±®» «²·؛±®³´§ ·؛ »¯«·°°»¼ ©·¬¸ ³±¼«´؟¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» ½±²َ ¬¸» »²»®¹§ ½±²-«³°¬·±² ±؛ ¬¸» »¯«·°³»²¬ٍ ײ ؟ ³«´¬·°´»َ« -»® -§-¬»³ô -»°؟®؟¬» ½±²¬®±´-¸±«´¼ ¾» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ±² »؟½¸ ½±²-«³·²¹ «²·¬ ¬± ؟--«®» ¬¸» °®±°»® »²»®¹§ ¼»´·ھ»®§ٍ ع×غخ حغخ×غفزكجح
·³°®±ھ»- ¬¸» ھ»²¬·²¹ ½؟°؟¾·´·¬§ ±؛ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ٍ ك´´ ھ»²¬ ´·²»- -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®±«¬»¼ ¬± ؟ -؛؟» ´±½؟¬·±²ٍ غ¨°»®·»²½» ·²¼·½؟¬»- ¬¸؟¬ -§-¬»³- ©·¬¸ »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ- ±°»² ¬± ¬¸» ؟¬³±-°¸»®» ¬± ±¨·¼؟¬·±² ؟²¼ »¨½»--·ھ» ³±·-¬«®»ٍ ج¸»®»َ ؛±®»ô ±°»² »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ- -¸±«´¼ ²±¬ ¾» »³°´±§»¼ ·² -§-¬»³- «-·²¹ ±®¹؟²·½ ¸»؟¬ ¬·±² ·- ¬± ¾´؟²µ»¬ ¬¸» »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ ؟ھ°±® -°؟½» ©·¬¸ ؟² ·²»®¬ ¹؟-ّ ؛ ± ® »¨؟³°´»ô ²·¬®±َ ¹»²ô رفîô ±® ²؟¬«®؟´ ¹؟-ٍ÷ ة¸»² «-·²¹ ؟ ²·¬®±¹»² ¾´؟²µ»¬ô ³±·-¬«®» -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¼®·ھ»² -»¬ٍ ×؛ ¬¸·- ·- ²±¬ °®؟½¬·½؟´ô ؟·® ½±²¬؟½¬ ½؟² ¾» ³·²·³·¦»¼ ¾§ ؟ ½±´¼ -»؟´ ¬®؟° ؟®®؟²¹»َ ³»²¬ٍ ش±© ¾±·´»®- ؟²¼ ³±·-¬«®» ½؟² ½±´´»½¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¼·-½؟®¼»¼ °»®·±¼·½؟´´§ٍ حشرخجزرف
°؟½µ·²¹ ¾±«²¼ ¹؟-µ»¬-
حغتشكت َ ؟ف-¬َ ±® ؛±®¹»¼- ¬»»´ ؟ھ´ھ»- ©·¬¸ ïيَ½ ¸®±³» ¬®·³ ؟®» -؟¬·-؟؛½¬±®§ ؛±® -»®ھ·½» ·² ±®¹؟²·½
©·¬¸ ؟² ±«¬-·¼» -½®»©ّ ؟ - ؟ °®±¬»½¬·±² ؟¹؟·²-¬ ¸·¹¸ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®»-÷ -¸±«´¼ ¾» «-»¼ ¬¸®±«¹¸±«¬ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ ©¸»² ¬·¹¸¬ -»؟´·²¹ ±؛
َ ؟²¼ ±«¬»® ؟²¬·» ¨¬®«-·±² ®·²¹- ±؛ ¾®؟·¼»¼ -¬؟·²´»-- -¬»»´ô ²·½µ»´ ؟´´±§»´»؟ھ¬»¼ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» -§-¬»³-ٍ ً ±°»®؟¬·²¹ «° ¬± ىًp عّ î ًp فٍ÷
خغجكغط
¸»؟¬ ¬®؟²-؛»® -§-¬»³- ؟®» ؟ھ؟·´؟¾´»و ´·¯«·¼
«-»¼ ©·¬¸ »¨½»´´»²¬ ®»-«´¬-ô ¾«¬ ¬¸»-» ؟ھ´ھ»- ؟®» ®»´؟¬·ھ»´§ »¨°»²-·ھ»ô »-°»½·؟´´§ ·² ´؟®¹»® -·¦»-ٍ °»®؛±®³؟²½» ·² -»®ھ·½» ©·¬¸ ±®¹؟²·½
·- ±«¬-·¼» ¬¸» ¬«¾»-ٍ ¸»؟¬»® چ-¸»´´Œ ؟®±«²¼ ¬¸» ±«¬-·¼» ±؛ ¬¸» ش·¯«·¼ ¬«¾» ¸»؟¬»®- ؟®» °®»؛»®®»¼ ؟¬ ؟´´ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®»-ٍ ك¬ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®»- ¾»´±© ½؟² ¾» «-»¼ٍ ¸»؟¬»®- ؟®» ؟ھ؟·´؟¾´»و ½±²¬؟·²»® ¼»-·¹² ؟²¼ ¬«¾«´؟® ¼»-·¹²ٍ َ ¬®·½؟´ ¸»؟¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬- ؟®» ·²-»®¬»¼ ·²¬± ؟ ؟®» ·²-»®¬»¼ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²؟´´§ ·²¬± ¬«¾»ج¸» ¬«¾«´؟® ¼»-·¹² ·- °®»؛»®®»¼ ؛±® ¬¸» ¸»؟¬َ ·- ¬± ¾» «-»¼ô ¼«» ¬± ¬¸» «²°®»¼·½¬؟¾´»
³»½¸؟²·-³ ·² ¼·®»½¬ °®±°±®¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» ®»¯«·®»¼ ±«¬°«¬ٍ ج¸»-» ½±²¬®±´- -¸±«´¼ ·²½®»؟-» ±® ¼»½®»؟-» ¬¸» ¸»؟¬ ·²°«¬ ¬± ؟¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» ®»¯«·®»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» »²»®¹§ ¼»³؟²¼ٍ ح³؟´´ «²·¬- ³؟§ ¾» ±°»®؟¬»¼
¬¸» ¸»؟¬ ¬®؟²-؛»® -«®؟؛½»- ¬± »´·³·²؟¬» ¸±¬
-¬®»؟³ ؟²¼ ¼±©²-¬®»؟³ ±؛ »؟½¸ °«³° ؟²¼ ؟¬ »؟½¸ «-»®ٍ ؟ظ¬» ؟ھ´ھ»- ؟®» ؟½½»°¬؟¾´» ؛±® «-»ô ¾«¬ ²±¬ ¬± °®±ھ·¼» ®»´·؟¾´» °±-·¬·ھ» -¸«¬َ±؛؛ٍ ج¸» «-» ±؛ ؟ھ´ھ» -¬»³ -»؟´- ½؟² ¾» »؛؛»½َ ¬·ھ» ·² ³·²·³·¦·²¹ -§-¬»³ ´»؟µ؟¹»ٍ ع±® ؟ھ´ھ» -¬»³ -»؟´-و
½±°°»®
¬¸؟² ؟ -·²¹´» ´»¹ ¬؟²µٍ ع®±³ ؟ -·²¹´»َ´»¹ »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µô ھ»²¬·²¹ ±؛ ²±²½±²¼»²َ ؟- ·- °«®¹·²¹ ±؟ ؛·® ؟²¼ ©؟¬»® ±² -¬؟®¬«°ٍ ك ¼±«¾´»َ´»¹ »¨°؟²-·±² ¬؟²µ °®±ھ·¼»- «²·²َ
؟¬¬»²¬·±² ³«-¬ ¾» °؟·¼ ¬± ؟½¸·»ھ·²¹ ¬«®¾«َ
îٍع±®
ھ»´±½·¬§ ±ھ»® ·¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ·² °®±°»® ¾؟´؟²½»
حجفكع جك خثرا ع×جخغظز×حذ
ح°±²-±®»¼ ¾§
خ»؛»®»²½»- ؟²¼ ؛«®¬¸»® ®»؟¼·²¹ ïٍ ؟ة¹²»® ةٍ طچ»؟¬ ج®؟²-؛»® ج»½¸²·¯«» ©·¬¸
½¸»® ت»®´؟¹ خ»-½¸ ظصô ïçééٍ îٍ ؟ظ³¾´» غفٍ ف±-¬ ؟س²؟¹»³»²¬ ·² ط»؟¬ ج®؟²-َ ؛»® حً§-¬»³-ٍ ô ض«´§ îًê °°ٍ îîٹîêٍ يٍ حچ§-¬»³- ـ»-·¹² ؟ـ¬؟ٍŒ ذ«¾ٍ éîيçïçھي»®ٍ فô ح±´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍô ïçççٍ ىٍ حچ ـ»-·¹² ؟²¼ ؟س·²¬»²؟²½»ٍŒ ذ«¾ٍ حقج ً §-¬»³ ïَîëّ غ÷ô ح±´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍô ïççèٍ ëٍ شچ·¯«·¼ ذ¸؟-» ـ»-·¹² ظ«·¼»ٍŒ ذ«¾ٍ éîيçïîèفô ح±´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍô ïçççٍ ك½µ²±©´»¼¹³»²¬ ؟س¬»®·؟´ ؛±® ¬¸·- ؟عچ½¬- ؟¬ ا±«® ع·²¹»®¬·°-Œ ©؟-«°°´·»¼ ¾§ ح±´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍ
ك´¬¸±«¹¸ ¬¸»-» ®»½±³³»²¼؟¬·±²- ؟®» ¾»´·»ھ»¼ ¬± ¾» ½±®®»½¬ô ح±´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍ ³؟µ»- ²± ®»°®»-»²¬؟¬·±²- ±® ©؟®®؟²¬·»- ؟- ¬± ¬¸» ½±³ °´»¬»َ ²»-- ±® ؟½½«®؟½§ ¬¸»®»±؛ٍ ز±¬¸·²¹ ½±²¬؟·²»¼ ¸»®»·² ·- ¬± ¾» ½±²-¬®«»¼ ؟- ؟ ®»½±³³»²¼؟¬·±² ¬± «-» ؟²§ °®±¼«½¬ô °®±½»--ô »¯«·°³»²¬ ±® جرز×وغف
´«¬·؟ ײ½ٍ ³؟µ»- ² ± ®»°®»-»²¬؟¬·±² ±® ©؟®®؟²¬§ô »¨°®»-- ±® ·³°´·»¼ô ¬¸؟¬ ¬¸» «-» ¬¸»®»±؛ ©·´´ ²±¬ ·²؛®·²¹» ؟²§ °؟¬»²¬ٍ
Biodiesel Production Department Editor: Kate Torzewski
B
iodiesel can be produced rom vegetable oils by three types o reactions: base catalyzed transesterication o the oil; direct acid-catalyzed transesterication o the oil; and conversion o the oil to its atty acids, and then to biodiesel. Biodiesel is typically produced by a base-catalyzed reaction (Figure 2). This method o production has several advantages, including the ollowing: low temperature (150˚F) and pressure (20 psi) reaction that requires only standard materials o construction; direct conversion to biodiesel with no intermediate compounds; and high conversion (98%) with minimal side reactions and a low reaction time. In the chemical reaction or basecatalyzed biodiesel production, vegetable oil is reacted with a short chain alcohol (signied by ROH) in the presence o a catalyst to produce glycerin and biodiesel. The atty acid chains associated with the oil, which are mostly palmitic, stearic, oleic, and linoleic acids or naturally occurring oils, are represented by R', R'' and R''' (Figure 1). Production stePs
Mixing of alcohol and catalyst . The catalyst is typically sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) or potassium hydroxide (potash). It is dissolved in the alcohol using a standard agitator or mixer. Methanol or ethanol is commonly used as the alcohol. Reaction. The mixture o alcohol and catalyst is charged into a closed reaction vessel, and the oil is added. The reaction mix is kept just above the boiling point o the alcohol, 160°F, to speed up the reaction, although it is sometimes recommend to run the reaction at room temperature. The reaction time can vary rom 1–8 h. Excess alcohol is used to ensure total conversion o the oil to its esters. The amount o water and ree atty acids in the incoming oil must be monitored, because i either level is too high, it can inhibit soap
ormation and the separation o glycerin downstream. Methanol
Separation. Glycerin and biodiesel are the two main products o reaction, with each containing an amount o unreacted alcohol. Since the glycerin phase is much more dense than biodiesel phase, the two phases can be separated by gravity in a settling vessel, with glycerin simply drawn o the bottom o the settling vessel. Alternatively, a centriuge can be used to separate the two materials more quickly. Glycerin neutralization. The separated glycerin contains unused catalyst and soaps, which are neutralized with an acid. Water and alcohol are removed to produce glycerin at 80–88% purity to sell as crude glycerin. Alternatively, glycerin can distilled to 99% purity or higher or selling to the cosmetic and pharmaceutical industries.
Mixer
l o n a h t e m s s e c x E
Product quality and registration. Prior to use as a commercial uel in the U.S., the nished biodiesel must be analyzed to ensure it meets CH2OCOR’’’ CH2OCOR’’
3 ROH
CH2OCOR’ Vegetable oil
Alcohol
Reactor
Settler Glycerin
Neutralization
Wash
n o i t a l l i t s i D
n o i t a l l i t s i D
Biodiesel
Glycerin
ASTM specications. Additionally, all biodiesel produced must be registered with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (Washington, D.C) under 40 CFR Part 79. References
1. Biodiesel Production & Quality Standards, July, 2008. National Biodiesel Board, www.biodiesel.org/resources/uelactsheets
Catalyst +
Soybean oil
Biodiesel
Methyl ester wash . Ater the biodiesel is separated rom glycerin, residual catalyst or soaps can be removed with a gentle warm water wash. Alcohol removal . Unreacted alcohol in both the glycerin and biodiesel phases is removed by fash evaporation or distillation. The recovered alcohol is then reused or mixing with the catalyst. Alcohol removal can occur ater the wash and neutralization, as shown in Figure 2 to the right, but it can occur beore these steps as well.
Catalyst
CH2OH CH2OH
R’’’ COOR +
R’’ COOR
CH2OH
R’ COOR
Glycerin
Biodiesel
Burner Operating Characteristics* Department Editor: Scott Jenkins urners are critical for the successful operation of industrial furnaces. Presented here is a set of equations that can be used to calculate characteristics of burner operation, including flame length, flame diameter, ignitability and flameout conditions. Equations are based on pre-mix burners operating at atmospheric pressure and firing natural gas only. Premix burners create short and compact flames compared to raw gas burners, and are designed to function with fuel-gas mixtures that have consistent specific gravity and composition.
B
Burner requirements
For direct-fired heaters to function correctly, burners must be capable of providing sufficient heat liberation from the fuel to meet heater processing requirements — based on the lower heating value (LHV) of the fuel. A fuel’s LHV can be defined as the amount of heat produced by combusting a specified volume, and returning the combustion products to 150 C. For the heater to operate at the design process flowrate, the burners need to provide the heat necessary to maintain process fluid temperature and meet vaporization requirements at the heating coil outlet. The number, size and placement of burners must allow each coil to operate at the same design outlet temperature Design tube-metal temperature cannot be exceeded at any point on the coils Burner size must allow an outlet velocity that does not result in malfunction over the range of flow conditions Burner flame length should be less than firebox height (for vertical cylindrical heaters) or less than firebox length (for end-wall-fired heaters) Excessive flame height and diameter should be avoided to prevent flame impingement on tubes Burner spacing should be sufficient to allow burner-to-burner, as well as burner-to-tube clearance °
The following equations can help establish optimal burner diameter:
Burner clearance
Establishing burner-to-burner clearance and burner spacing should be based on maximum burner flame diameter. Further, burner flame diameter should be evaluated at maximum burner-flame length. Sufficient burner-to-burner, outside diameter clearance should take into account the placement of structural elements between burners. Sufficient burner-to-burner clearance prevents interference between the flame bodies and unburned fuel cores generated by adjacent burners, which results in the absence of unburned fuel within the burner flame when maximum flame length is reached. Burner center-to-center spacing should be at least one fully combusted flame diameter. Clearance between the burnerflame (at maximum diameter) and the outside diameter of tubular heating surfaces should be set such that burner-to-tube flame impingement is avoided. Doing so will prevent tube damage due to overheating and will make best use of heating surfaces. Flameout
NOMENCLATURE
Q lib heater = Heater liberation, Btu/h N b = Number of burners D b = Burner diameter, ft V b = Burner exit velocity, ft/s C fuel = Fuel, ft 3 LHV = Lower heating value of fuel, Btu/lb C air+fuel = Volume of air and fuel mixture, ft 3 SV fuel = Specific volume of fuel, ft 3/lb D f max = Maximum flame diameter, ft L f = Flame length, ft SV flame = Specific volume of flame, ft 3/lb = Flame propagation velocity, ft/s V f Q gain = Burner heat gain, Btu/h Q loss = Burner heat loss, Btu/h A s = Flame front area, ft 2 (HTC)c (HTC)f , (HTC)r = Natural convective, forcedconvective, and radiative heat transfer coefficients, respectively, Btu/h-ft 2- F T flame = Flame temperature, R T surr = Surrounding temperature, R E g = Flame emissivity C p = Gas specific heat, Btu/lb- F A = Frequency factor in the Arrhenius equation H = Heat of activation, Btu/lb-mol R R = Gas constant, 1.987 Btu/lb-mol R T = Gas Temperature, R dC m /dt = Fuel concentration change, mol per ft 3/s K = Reaction velocity constant, s–1 W f = Fuel, lb/h °
°
At high burner velocities, flame loss can occur if the heat gain due to burner ignition is less than the heat loss from the burner flame. Burner velocities may be pushed well above that used in normal heater operation in an effort to achieve higher heater capacity. Aside from flame loss while the heater is in operation, flameout can also be characterized by difficulty maintaining a stable flame at startup, or an inability to ignite the burner. The following equations can help predict the circumstances under which flamout conditions might occur:
(5)
Flame velocity
The heat generated by combustion is dependent on the flame propagation velocity. In a situation with 0% excess air, the ratio of fuel-to-fuel+air is about 0.1. In that case, evaluation of the flame propagation velocity is straightforward. However, at fuel-tofuel+air ratios higher or lower than 0.1, it is more difficult. The following equations can help predict flame propagation velocity in those cases: (10)
(6) (1)
(11)
(7) (12) (2)
(8)
(3) (9) (4)
References 1. Cross, A., Fired-Heater Burner Performance, Chem. Eng., April 2008, pp. 44–47.
*The text was adapted from the article “Fired-Heater Burner Performance,” by Alan Cross. It appeared in the April 2008 issue of Chemical Engineering.
َ ف±²-»®؟ھ¬·±² »½± ²±³·½-؟ف و®¾±² °®·½·²¹ ·³°؟½¬-
ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ غ¼·¬±®ح و½±¬¬ ض»²µ·²-
»¼«½¬·±² ±؛ ¹®»»²¸±«-» ¹؟-ّ ظ ظط÷ »³·--·±²½±²¬·²«»- ¬± ¾» ؟ ³؟¶±® ·--«» ·² ²؟¬·±²؟´ ؟²¼ ·²¬»®²؟¬·±²؟´ °«¾´·½ °±´·½§ô ؟- ©»´´ ؟- ؟ ³؟¶±® ؛±½«؛±® ½±³°؟²·»- ·² ¬¸» ½¸»³·½؟´ °®±½»-- ·²¼«-¬®·»-ّ ذ ف×ٍ÷ ؟س²§ ½±«²¬®·»- ؟®» ½±²-·¼»®·²¹ -§-¬»³- ¬¸؟¬ °´؟½»َ ؟ °®·½» ±² ظطظ »³·--·±²- ¬¸±«¹¸ ؟ ½؟®¾±² ½؟°َ ؟²¼¬ ®؟¼» -§-¬»³ô ؛±® »¨؟³°´»ٍ ײ ؟² »²ھ·®±²³»²¬ ©¸»®» ظطظ »³·--·±²- ¸؟ »ھ؟ ¹·ھ»² °®·½»ô ½»®¬؟·² »²»®¹§ ½±²-»®؟ھ¬·±² ³»؟-«®»- ¬¸؟¬ ³؟§ ¸ھ؟» °®±ھ·¼»¼ ؟ -³؟´´ ±® ²»¹´·¹·¾´» ·²¬»®²؟´ ®؟¬» ±؛ ®»¬«®² ×ّخخ÷ ¾؟-»¼ ±² ؛«»´ -ھ؟·²¹- ؟´±²» ©·´´ ¾» ³«½¸ ³±®» ؟¬َ ¬®؟½¬·ھ» »½±²±³·½؟´´§ ؟- ظطظ »³·--·±²- °®·½»- ·²½®»؟-»ٍ خ»¬«®²- ؛®±³ »؛؛·½·»²½§ °®±¶»½¬-
غ²»®¹§ »؛؛·½·»²½§ °®±¶»½¬- »½±²±³·½ف®«¼» ¸»؟¬»® ®»؟ھ³° ط±¬ ؛»»¼ ؛±® -¬»؟³ ¹»²»®؟¬·±² ً ïً ً è ً ê
ً
°®±¶»½¬- ؟®» ¬¸±-» ؛±® ½؟´½«´؟¬·²¹ ¬¸» ×خخ- ±؛ -»ھ»®؟´ »²َ
×؛ ¬¸»-» ؛±«® °®±¶»½¬- ©»®» ½±³¾·²»¼ô ¬¸»§ ©±«´¼ ®»-«´¬ َ ·² ؟ çٍëû ®»¼«½¬·±² ·² ظطظ »³·--·±²- ؛±® ¬¸» ¸§°±¬¸»¬·
ذ±©»® ®»½±ھ»®§
ىً ً î
غ¨؟³°´» ½؟´½«´؟¬·±²- ¬¸؟¬ ·´´«-¬®؟¬» ¬¸» ·³°؟½¬ ±ظطظ ؛
ً ٌ³»¬®·½ ¬±²ّ ³ٍٍ¬÷ رف üïً î »¯«·؟ھ´»²¬÷ٍ ײ ¹»²»®؟´ô ®»-«´¬- ¼»³±²-¬®؟¬» ¬¸؟¬ ·²½±®°±®؟¬·²¹ ¬¸» ½±-¬ ±ظطظ ؛ »³·--·±²- ·²¬± °®±¶»½¬ »½±²±³·½- ½؟² ·³°®±ھ» ¬¸» ؟¬¬®؟½َ ¬·ھ»²»-- ±؛ °®»ھ·±«-´§ ³؟®¹·²؟´ »²»®¹§ °®±¶»½¬-ٍ ×خخ- ؛±® ¬¸» ´´±©·²¹ °®±¶»½¬- ؟®» -¸±©² ؟¬ ظطظ °®·½» ً ؛±ً ٌ³ٍٍ¬ ·² ع·¹«®» ïو ´»ھ»´- ؛®±³ ü ¬± ïً خ»؟ھ³° ½®«¼»َ°®»¸»؟¬ »¨½¸؟²¹»® ¬®؟·² ¬± ·²½®»؟-» ¬¸» ½®«¼»َ¸»؟¬»® ·²´»¬ ¬»³°»®؟¬«®» خ»°´؟½» ¬¸» ؟ھ½««³ ¬±©»® -¬»؟³ »¶»½¬±®- ©·¬¸ ؟ ´·¯«·¼ ®·²¹ ½±³°®»--±®ّ ذتخش÷ ث¬·´·¦» ¼·»-»´ ¸§¼®±¼»-«´؛«®·¦؟¬·±²ّ ط حـ÷ «²·¬ ¸±¬ ؛»»¼ ؛±® ؟¼¼·¬·±²؟´ -¬»؟³ ¹»²»®؟¬·±²
؟ت½««³ ¬±©»® -¬»؟³ »¶»½¬±®-
ً
ً
ً ً ً ى î ê ٌ ظ®»»²¸±«-» ¹؟-»- °®·½»ô ü³»¬®·½ ¬±²
è
ً ً
ï
ٌ َ ¼ ؟§ ِ¾¾´¼ م ؟ق®®»´-َ°»®َ-¬®»؟³ ع×غخثظ ï ٍ ؟ت®·±«- »²»®¹§ »»·½·؛؛²½§ °®±¶»½¬- ©·¬¸ ½±-¬ ±ظطظ ؛ »³·--·±²·²½´«¼»¼ٍ
ك·® °®»¸»؟¬ »½±²±³·½- ؟ھ»® ٹ³° ىë ىً يë يً îë
غ¨؟³°´»و ك·® °®»َ¸ »؟¬
ً î
»®-ٍ ع±® ¬¸·- -¬«¼§ô ·¬ ©؟- ؟--«³»¼ ¬¸؟¬ ؟ ¸»؟¬»® ©·¬¸±«¬
ïë
èîûٍ ج¸» ؟¼¼·¬·±² ±؟ ؛·® °®»¸»؟¬ ©·´´ ·²½®»؟-» ¬¸» ¸»؟¬»®
ً ï
؟ھ®·±«- ظطظ »³·--·±²- °®·½»- ؟®» -¸±©² ·² ع·¹«®» ً îٍ ط » ؟ ¬ »®©·¬¸ ؟ ² ؟ ¾ -±®¾»¼ ¼«¬§ ±؛ ¶«-¬ ±ھ » ® ïë ³·´´·±² ً ٌ ق¬«¸ ©±«´¼ ؟ٌ½¸·»ھ» ؟ îû ×خخ ©·¬¸ ظطظ »³·--·±²ً َ ٌ ؟ھ´«»¼ ؟¬ üïë³ٍٍ¬ ؟²¼ ²؟¬«®؟´ ¹؟- °®·½»¼ ً ؟¬ üëٍë³·´ ٌ ´·±² ق ¬ « ×؛ ²؟ ¬ «®؟ ´ ¹؟ ·°®·½»¼ ؟ ¬ üêٍ ë ³ ·´´·±² ق ¬ «ô ¬¸» ٍ ً ً îû ×خخ ½؟ٌ² ¾» ؟½¸·»ھ»¼ ©·¬¸ ؟² ؟¾-±®¾»¼ ¼«¬§ ±؛ ïً ³·´´·±² ق¬«¸ٍ
ً üïًً üçً üèً üéً üêً üë
ë ً ً ًٍ ë
ً ًٍ ï
ً ًïë ٍ
üىً üيً üîë ً üî üïë ً ü
ً ًٍ î
ً ًîë ٍ ٌ ذ®±½»-- ؟¾-±®¾»¼ ¼«¬§ô ³·´´·±² ق¬«¸
ف±²-·¼»®؟¬·±²ع×غخثظ î ٍ خ»؟ھ³° ¸»؟¬»® ؟·® °®»¸»؟¬ »½±²±³·½- ©·¬¸ ظطظ »³·--·±² - ½±-¬ ؟ف®» ³«-¬ ¾» ¬؟µ»² ¬± »؟ھ´«؟¬» ؟´´ »²»®¹§ «-؟¹»ه ²±¬ ·²½´«¼»¼ٍ ±²´§ ·² ¬¸» °®±½»-- «²·¬ ±· ؛²¬»®»-¬ô ¾«¬ ؟´-± ½¸؟²¹»- ·² ²»¬ »²»®¹§ «-؟¹» ·² ¬¸» »²¬·®» ؟؛½·´·¬§ ك ¬¸±®±«¹¸ ®»ھ·»© ·- ²»»¼»¼ ¬± »²-« ®» ¬¸؟¬ ؟´´ ؟°°®±َ خ»؛»®»²½» °®·؟¬» ½±-¬- ؟®» ·²½´«¼»¼ ïٍ ثٍٍح غ²»®¹§ ײ؛±®³؟¬·±² ك¼³·²·-¬®؟ ¬·±²ّ غ ×كٍ÷ غ³·--·±²- ±ظ ؛®»»²¸±«-» ؟؛ ك½·´·¬§َ©·¼» ؟«¼·¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬± ·¼»²¬·؛§ ؟´´ °±¬»²¬·؟´ ً ً ؟ظ »·² ¬¸» ث ² ·¬»¼ ح ¬ ؟ ¬ »î è ô ô ث ٍٍح ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ ±غ ؛²»®¹§ô ـ»½»³¾»® »²»®¹§ ½±²-»®؟ھ¬·±² ±°°±®¬«²·¬·»ً îًçٍ ك² »²»®¹§َ-ھ؟·²¹ °®±¶»½¬ ²±¬ »؟ھ´«؟¬»¼ ¸»®»ô ¾«¬ ©±®¬¸ ؛«®¬¸»® ز±¬»؟س و¬»®·؟´ ؛±® ¬¸·- ؟عچ½¬- ؟¬ ا±«® ع·²¹»®¬·°-Œ ©؟- -«°°´·»¼ ¾§ ٍ×س ٍ ظ´؟-َ -¬«¼§ ·- ·³°®±ھ»¼ ¸»؟¬ »¨½¸؟²¹»® ¼«¬·»- ©·¬¸ ©»´¼»¼ °´؟¬» ¹±©ô حٍ ذ±´½؟®ô غٍ ھ؟ـ·-ô جٍ ز¹«§»²ô ضٍ ذ®·½»ô فٍ ح¬«»½¸»´· ؟²¼ خٍٍغ ؟ذ´³»®
؟¬ س«-¬؟²¹ غ²¹·²»»®·²¹ ذشô ط±«-¬±²ٍ
Fuel Selection Considerations
Department Editor: Rita L. D'Aquino he selection and application o uels to various combustors are complex. Most existing units have A limited exibility in their ability to fre alternative uels. New units must be careully planned to assure the lowest frst costs without jeopardizing the uture capability to switch to a dierent uel.
T
Natural gas Natural gas has traditionally been the most attractive uel type or combustors because o the limited need or uel-handling equipment (e.g., pipelines, metering, a liquid-knockout drum, and appropriate controls) and the reedom rom pollution-control equipment. Drawbacks include rising uel costs, inadequate gas supplies and low er boiler eiciencies that result rom iring natural gas, particularly when compared to the iring eiciencies o oil or coal. Fuel oil Fuel oils are graded as No. 1, No. 2, No. 4, No. 5 (light), No. 5 (heavy), and No. 6. Distillates are Nos. 1 and 2, and residual oils are Nos. 4, 5, and 6. Oils are classifed according to their physical characteristics by the American Society or Testing and Materials (ASTM) per Standard D-396. No. 2 oil is suitable or industrial use and or home heating. The primary advantage o using a distillate oil rather than a residual oil is that it is easier to handle, requiring no heating to transport and no temperature control to lower the viscosity or proper atomization and combustion. However, considerable purchase cost penalties exist between residual and distillate. Distillates can be divided into two classes: straight-run, which is produced rom crude oil by heating it and then condensing the vapors; and cracked, which involves refning at a high temperature and pressure, or refning with catalysts to produce the required oil rom heavier crudes. Cracked oils contain substantially more aromatic and olefnic hydrocarbons, which are more difcult to burn than the parafnic and naphthenic hydrocarbons obtained rom the straight-run process. Sometimes a cracked distillate, called industrial No. 2, is used in uel-burning installations o medium size (small package boiler or ceramic kilns, or example). Because o the viscosity range permitted by ASTM, No. 4 and No. 5 oil can be produced in a variety o ways: blending o No. 2 and No. 6, mixing refnery by-products, utilization o ospecifcation products, and so on. Because o the potential variations in characteristics, it is important to monitor combustion perormance routinely to obtain optimum results. Burner modifcations may be required to switch rom, s ay, a No. 4 blend to a No. 4 distillate. Light (or cold) and heavy (or hot) No. 5 uel oil are distinguished primarily by their viscosity ranges: 150 to 300 SUS (Saybolt Universal Seconds) at 100°F and 350 to 750 SUS at 100°F, respectively. The (No.) classes normally delineate the need or preheating or proper atomization. The No. 6 uel oil is also reerred to as residual, Bunker C, and reduced- or vacuum bottoms. Because o its high viscosity, 900 to 9,000 SUS at 100°F, it can only be used in systems designed with heated storage and a high enough temperature (to achieve proper viscosity) at the burner or atomization. Notable fuel oil properties include the following: 1) Viscosity indicates the time required in seconds or 60 cm3 o oil to ow through a standard-size orifce at a specifc temperature. In the U.S., it is normally determined with a Saybolt viscosimeter, which comes in Universal and Furol variants. The dierences between them are the orifce size and the sample temperature. Thus, when stating an oil’s
B
FIGURE 1.
This nomograph is used to estimate annual cost savings from reducing combustible losses due to unburned carbon
viscosity, the type o instrument and temperature must also be stated. The Universal has the smallest opening and is used or lighter oils. 2) The ash point is the temperature at which oil vapors are ignited by an external ame. As heating continues above this point, sufcient vapors are driven o to produce continuous combustion. The ash point is also an indication o the maximum temperature or sae handling. Distillate oils have ash points o 145–200°F; heavier oils have ash points up to 250°F. 3) The pour point is the lowest temperature at which an oil ows under standard conditions, and is roughly 5°F above the solidifcation temperature. Knowledge o the pour point helps determine the need or heated storage, the storage temperature, and the need or heating and pour-point depressant. Coal The selection o coal as uel involves higher capital investments because o the need or handling equipment, coal preparation (crushing, conveying, pulverizing, etc.) and storage; ash handling and storage; pollution-abatement equipment; and maintenance. The operating cost savings at current (2007) uel prices o coal over oil or gas justifes a great portion, i not all, o the signifcantly higher capital investments required or coal. Coal-fred steam generators and vessels inherently suer efciency losses due to a ailure to burn all the available uel. The unburned uel is the remaining carbon in the letover ash. The nomograph (Figure 1) may be used to assess how a reduction in unburned carbon translates into energy and cost savings. A sample calculation ollows. Example: The system is a coal-fred steam generator with a continuous rating o 145,000 lb/h; average (avg.) boiler load = 125,000 lb/h; existing combustibles in ash = 40% (measured); obtainable combustibles in ash = 5%; actual operating time = 8,500 h/yr; design-unit heat output = 150 × 106 Btu/h; avg. heat output = 129 × 106 Btu/h; avg. uel cost = $1.50/106 Btu. Analysis: In Figure 1A, the percent o existing combustibles (measured) are shown on the horizontal axis. The curves above it represent the proposed improvement in percent o unburned carbon in ash. From the coordinates in Figure 1A draw a horizontal line to the curve in Figure 1B that represents the design-unit heat output. Drop the line to the appropriate uel-cost curve in Figure 1C. Extend the line rom that point to the let to obtain the corresponding annual uel savings, assuming continuous operation at ull boiler design output. To calculate actual annual uel
This article has been drawn from the work of Wayne Turner and Steve Doty, “Boilers and Fired Systems,” Energy Management Handbook, 6th Ed., Ch. 5, The Fairmont Press, Lilburn, Ga., 2006.
C
savings, a correction actor (CF) is required that considers actual boiler load and actual run time: Actual savings, $ = Savings rom chart x CF where CF = operating avg. heat output/design heat output × [(actual operating h/yr)/(8,760 h/yr)] Savings or this example = $210,000/yr × [(129 × 106 Btu/h)/(150 × 106 Btu/h)] × [(8,500 h/yr)/(8,760 h/yr)] = $175,200/yr. Note: I the heat output o the unit or the average uel cost exceeds the limit o the fgures, use hal o the particular value and double the savings obtained rom Figure 1C. It is probable that pulverized-coal-fred installations suer rom high UCL whenever any o the ollowing are experienced: a change in the raw-uel quality rom the original design basis; deterioration o the uel burners, burner throats, or burner swirl plates or impellers; increased requency o soot blowing to maintain heat-transer surace cleanliness; a noted increase in stack gas opacity; uneven lame patterns characterized by a particularly bright spot in one section o the lame and a notably dark spot in another; CO ormation as determined rom a lue-gas analysis; requent smoking observed in the combustion zone; increases in reuse quantities in collection devices; neglect o critical pulverizer internals and classiier assemblies; a high incidence o coal “hang-up” in the distribution piping to the burners; and requent manipulation o the air/coal primary and secondary air registers. Techniques used successully to reduce high UCL and/or high-excess-air operation include: modiying or replacing the pulverizer internals to increase the coal fneness; installing additional or new combustion controls to maintain consistent burner perormance; purchasing new coal eeders that are compatible with and responsive to unit demand uctuations; calibrating air ow and metering devices to ensure correct air/coal mixtures and velocities at the burner throats; installing turning vanes or air oils in the secondary air-supply duct or air plenum to ensure even distribution and proper air/uel mixing at each burner; replacing worn and abraded burner impeller plates; installing new classifers to ensure that proper coal fnes reach the burners or combustion; rerouting or modiying air/coal distribution piping to avoid coal hang-up; increasing the air/coal mixture temperature exiting the pulverizers to ensure good ignition without coking; and cleaning deposits rom burner throats. ■
Causes of Overpressurization Department Editor: Kate Torzewski he ailure o a device or o a group o components can lead to overpressurization and subsequent adverse events, such as re, explosion, spill or release. The most common causes o overpressurization are listed below. Understanding the circumstances surrounding overpressurization will help an engineer to avoid these ailures.
T
External re
According to API RP 520 and 521 standards, a re-exposed area is within an area o 2,500 and 5,000 t 2, and below a height o 25-t above the grade. In this scenario, the exposed vessel is blocked in. Potential vapors resulting rom the re must be relieved using a PRV on the vessel, or via a vent path that remains in a locked-open position between the vessel and an adjoining vessel. Blocked outlets
The closure o a block valve on the outlet o a pressure vessel can cause the vessel's internal pressure to exceed its maximum allowable working pressure i the source pressure exceeds the vessel design pressure. Blocked outlets can be caused by control valve ailure, inadvertent valve operation, instrument-air or power ailure, and other actors. A PRV must have sucient capacity to pass a fuid fowrate that is equivalent to the dierence between those o the incoming fuids and the outgoing fuids.
range to maximum pressure. As a general rule, when sizing a PRV, maximum heat-duty assumed or the abnormal case should be no more than 125% o normal heat duty. Abnormal vapor input
Abnormal vapor input can be caused by the ailure o the upstream control valve to ully open, or upstream-relieving or inadvertent valve opening. The required relieving capacity must be equal to or greater than the amount o the vapor accumulation expected under the relieving conditions. Loss o absorbent fow
When gas removal by absorbent is more than 25% o the total inlet-vapor fow, an interruption o absorbent fow could cause pressure to rise in the absorber. The PRV should be sized base on the net accumulation o the vapor at the relieving conditions.
These ailures can include the ollowing: general power ailure, partial power ailure, loss o instrument air, loss o cooling water, loss o steam, and loss o uel gas or uel oil. For these cases, a fare header should be designed and sized based on the maximum relie load that could result rom a potential utility ailure. Loss o cooling duty
Cooling-duty losses can include the ollowing: loss o quench stream, air-cooled exchanger ailure, loss o cold eed and loss o refux. Relieving capacity should be calculated by perorming a heat balance on the system, based on the loss o the condensing duty. Thermal expansion
When liquid is blocked in a vessel or pipeline, external heat input can cause liquid temperature, and hence volume, to rise. This can be caused by the ollowing: liquid that is blocked in a pipeline and is being heated, the cold side o a heat exchanger being lled while the hot side is fowing, or a lled vessel at ambient temperature that is being heated by direct solar radiation. PRVs used in these cases can be easily analyzed and sized. Abnormal heat input
This ailure can be caused by: the supply o heating medium, such as uel oil or uel gas to a red heater, being increased; heat transer occuring in a new and clean heat exchanger ater revamp; control valve or the uel supply ailing to ully open; or supply pressure o the heating steam being changed rom normal
Entrance o volatile materials
The entrance o a volatile liquid, such as water or light hydrocarbons into hot oil during a process upset, can cause instantaneous phase expansion. Instead o relying on PRVs, processes should be properly designed with the use o double block valves, the avoidance o water-collecting pockets and use o steam condensate traps and bleeds on water connections. Accumulation o non-condensibles
Utility ailures
A pressure relief valve (PRV) is an automatic pressurerelieving device that is actuated by pressure at the inlet of the valve. Though safety valve, or safety relief valve, is the terminology for valves relieving gas or vapor, we will use “PRV” to describe all types of pressure relief valves. A relief valve, used for liquid service, generally opens in proportion to any increase in pressure over opening pressure. A safety valve has characteristics similar to a relief valve except that it usually opens rapidly (pops), and is primarily used for gas or vapor service
Accumulation can result rom blocking o the normal non-condensible vent or accumulation in the pocket o a piping conguration or equipment. Because this can result in a loss o cooling duty, PRV analysis should be handled the same way. Valve malunction
Check-valve malunction results in backfow, which can be rom 5 to 25% o the normal fowrate. Required relie capacity should be based on this. Inadvertent valve operation results in a valve position that is opposite rom normal operating conditions, which is largely caused by human error and can be avoided by careul operation. Control valve ailure to open or close is caused by electronic- or mechanical-signal ailure. This typically will aect just one valve at a time and should be analyzed on a caseby-case basis. Process control ailure
This situation reers to the ailure o process controllers, such as programmable logic controllers and distributed control systems. The potential impact o ailure o every control loop should be analyzed, as well as the impact i one loop ails but all others remain active. As a general rule, the required relie capacity must be greater than the vapor generated because o heat buildup in the system. Exchange tube rupture
When an upstream vessel is relieving by discharge fuid to a downstream vessel,
Source: Farris Engineering, Brecksville, Ohio
the downstream vessel should should be designed to handle the pressure and volume o the incoming stream without overpressurizing. I the upstream vessel does not have adequate relie capacity, the downstream vessel should have a PRV o its own. When two vessels are connected by an open path and the rst has its own PRV and discharges to a fare header, the second will experience the impact rom the relieving pressure o the rst vessel and should be analyzed accordingly. Upstream relieving
Required relie capacity should be greater than the vapor generated because o heat buildup in the system. Runaway chemical reaction
Runaway reactions tend to accelerate with rising temperature; extremely high volumes o non-condensibles with high energy can cause the internal pressure o a vessel or pipeline to rise rapidly. PRVs may not provide sucient relie, so vapor-depressurizing systems, rupture disks and emergency vents are preerable. Reerences 1.Wong, W., Protect Plants Against Overpressure, Chem. Eng. June 2001, pp. 66–73. 2.Goodner, H., A New Way o Quantiying Risks: Part 2, Chem. Eng. November 1993, pp. 140–146. 3.Emerson, G., Selecting Pressure Relie Valves, Chem. Eng. March 18, 1985, pp. 195–200.
Hazardous Area Classifcation
Department Editor: Rebekkah Marshall Guidelines by location Over the years, hazardous area classification requirements for the U.S. have evolved around a single area-classification system known as the Class/ Division system. Today, the system addresses establishment of boundaries of hazardous areas and the equipment and wiring used in them. Meanwhile, European countries, as well as some other countries around the world, have developed their own area classification systems to address hazardous locations safety issues. This independent development has resulted in systems for these countries or groups of countries based on the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Zone system, with deviations to meet each country’s national codes. While other countries do accept and use the Division system (most notably Canada and Mexico), the majority of the world’s hazardous locations are classified using the concepts of the IEC Zone system. The U.S. National Electrical Code (NEC; NFPA 70) also recognizes the Zone system and allows its use in the U.S. under article 505 of the NEC. ATEX requires the use of I EC-type hazardous area classifications.
defininG hazardous areas
Table 1. Hazardous Areas* North America Class — Division
Class I — Gas or vapor
IEC (Europe) Zones
Division 1: Present or likely to be present in normal operation
An area in which an explosive atmosphere is Gas/Vapor Zone 1 (Gas) / Zone 21 (Dust) likely to occur in normal operation Division 2: Not or Dust Class III — Fiber present in normal Zone 2 (Gas) / An area in which an explosive atmosphere is or flying (no group operation, could Zone 22 (Dust) not likely to occur in normal operations and, designation) be present in abif it does occur, will exist for only a short time normal operation * This table represents a corrected version from that in the original printing Class II — Dust
Table 2. Relationship Between Divisions a nd Zones North America Europe Division Zone method method IEC standard Ignitable mixture present Zone Zone 0 continuously (long periods) Division 0 (Zone 20-Dust) 1 Ignitable mixture present Zone Zone 1 intermittently 1 (Zone 21-Dust) Zone 2 Ignitable mixture is not Division Zone (Zone 22-Dust) normally present 2 2
Table 4. Gas and Dust Groups Hazardous locations are grouped according to their ignition properties Typical gas Acetylene Hydrogen
IEC gas North Amerigroup can group IIC A IIC + H2 B
Minimum ignition energy 20µJ 20µJ
Ethylene
IIB
C
60µJ
Propane
IIA
D
100µJ
A hazardous area is designated as any I — location in which a combustible material *Methane Metal dust — E is or may be present in the atmosphere in sufficient concentration to produce an Coal dust — F ignitable mixture. The North American Grain dust — G method identifies these areas by Class, Fibers — — Division and Group or optionally by *Mining application under jurisdiction of U.S. Mine Safety and Class, Zone and Group, while the IEC and CENELEC designate these areas by Health Administration (MSHA) Gas/Dust, Zone and Group. The likeliTable 5. Information Required For Establishing hood that the explosive atmospheres are Extent of Hazardous Area present when the equipment is operating Gas/Vapors Dust are designated in Tables 1, 2 and 5. • Flash point • Flammability limits • Auto-ignition temperature equipment selection • Minimum ignition energy, MIC or MESG – for equipment For equipment selection purposes, hazardous area classifications also consider: selection purposes • Gas/Vapor group • The maximum surface temperature of • Vapor/Gas density the equipment under normal operat- • Area ventilation conditions ing conditions (see the Temperature • Location of gas/vapor release points. Frequency and rate of Code designations in Table 3) release
• The ignition-related properties of the explosive atmosphere (see the Group designations in Table 4) • The protection method(s) used by the equipment to prevent ignition of the surrounding atmosphere (see the Protection Method designations in Table 6)
An area in which an explosive atmosphere is continually present or present for long periods or frequently
Zone 0 (Gas) / Zone 20 (Dust)
• A/B classification • Minimum explosible dust concentration • Minimum ignition energy • Minimum ignition temperature (cloud/layer) • Electrical resistivity • Dust group • Area ventilation conditions • Location of dust release points. Frequency and rate of release
Table 3. Temperature Codes The Temperature class defines the maximum surface temperature of the device. Ratings are given with reference to 40°C ambient T1 450°C T3A 180°C T2 T2A T2B
300°C 280°C 260°C
T3B T3C T4
165°C 160°C 135°C
T2C
230°C
T4A
120°C
T2D
215°C
T5
100°C
T3
200°C
T6
85°C
The additional temperature classifications highlighted above are for USA and Canada only
Table 6. Types of Protection for Electrical Equipment (IEC/ATEX and NEC) Technique
IEC PermitPermitted Dested DiZone cription vision
Ex o Ex p Ex q
1&2 1&2 1&2
— 1&2 —
Explosion Proof
Ex d —
1&2 —
— 1&2
Increased safety
—
—
—
Ex ia
0,1 & 2
1&2
Oil immersion Pressurization Powder filling Flameproof
Intrinsic safety Intrinsic safety
Ex ib
1&2
—
Encapsulation
Ex m
1&2
—
Special protection
Ex s
0,1 & 2
—
—
—
2
Nonsparking
Ex nA
2
—
Enclosed break
Ex nC
2
—
Energy limited Simplified pressurization
Ex nL
2
—
Ex nP
2
—
Ex nR
2
—
Nonincendive
Restricted breathing
Table 7. Types of Ignition Protection for Mechanical Equipment (ATEX) Method To ensure that ignition sources cannot arise To ensure that ignition sources cannot become active To prevent the explosive atmosphere from reaching the ignition source
Description Construction safety “c”, Inherent safety “g”, Control of ignition sources “b” Inert liquid immersion “k”, Inert gas pressurization “p”, Flow restricting enclosure “fr”
To contain the explosion and prevent flame propagation
Flame proof enclosures “d”, Flame arresters
Acknowledgement and references We would like to thank Vladimir Stetsovsky of Chilworth Technology, Inc. for his contributions to this page 1. National Electrical Code-2005-NFPA 70, National Fire Protection Association. 2. NFPA 497-2004, Recommended Practice for the
Classification of Flammable Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas. 3. NFPA 499-2004, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas.
4. IEC 60079-10-2002 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres — Part 10: Classification of hazardous areas. 5. IEC 61241-3-2005 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust — Part 3: C lassification of areas where combustible dusts are or may be present.
ف¸±±-·²¹ ؟ ف±²¬®±´ ح§-¬»³ ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ غ¼·¬±®؟ص و¬» ج±®¦»©-µ·
ثدغخ اظرشرزطفغج×أ إ حجزغسغخ ïٍ ف±²¬®±´ ؟®½¸·¬»½¬«®» ـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² °®±ھ·¼» ؟² ·²¬»¹®؟¬»¼ ؟«¬±³؟¬·±² °´؟¬؛±®³ل َ ز»© -§-¬»³- -¸±«´¼ ³؟²؟¹» °®±½»-- µ²±©´ »¼¹» ¬¸®±«¹¸ ؟ ½±³¾·²؟¬·±² ±؛ ؟¼؟ھ²½»¼ ¬»½¸²±´±¹·»-ô ·²¼«-¬®·؟´ ¼±³؟·² »¨°»®¬·-»ô ؟²¼ ح·¨ ح·¹³؟ ³»¬¸±¼±´±¹·»-ٍ ف¸±±-» ؟² ±°»²ô -½؟´؟¾´» ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ ¬¸؟¬ ·- ؛«´´§ ®»¼«²¼؟²¬ô ·²½´«¼»- ®±¾«-¬ ½±²¬®±´ ؟´¹±®·¬¸³- ؟²¼ °®±ھ·¼»- ±²َ° ®±½»-«°¹®؟¼»- ¬± ³·²·³·¦» °´؟²¬ ¼±©²¬·³»ٍ ج¸» -§-¬»³ -¸±«´¼ ¾» »³¾»¼¼»¼ ©·¬¸ ¾»-¬َ· ²َ ½´؟-- ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²- ؛±® ؟¼؟ھ²½»¼ ½±²¬®±´ô ؟--»¬ ³؟²؟¹»³»²¬ ؟²¼ ½±²¬®±´ ³±²·¬±®·²¹ô ؟²¼ ·²½´«¼» ؟ ¸«³؟² ·²¬»®؟؛½» ·²¬»¹®؟¬·²¹ °´؟²¬َ ©·¼» ·²؛±®³؟¬·±² ؟²¼ ¼»´·ھ»®·²¹ ®»؟´¬·³» °®±½»-- ¼؟¬؟ٍ ك¼¼·¬·±²؟´´§ô ¬¸» -§-¬»³ -¸±«´¼ ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ±°»² ·²¼«-¬®§ -¬؟²¼؟®¼-ٍ îٍ ع·»´¼ ·²-¬®«³»²¬؟¬·±² ـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² ·²¬»¹®؟¬» چ-³؟®¬Œ ¼»ھ·½»-ل ف±²¬®±´ -±´«¬·±²- -¸±«´¼ -«°°±®¬ ¼·¹·¬؟´
°®±½»--»- ¬± ¾» ´·²µ»¼ ©·¬¸ ³±²·¬±®·²¹ ؟²¼ ½±²¬®±´ »¯«·°³»²¬ô ؟²¼ °®±ھ·¼·²¹ ¬¸» °´؟¬؛±®³ ²»»¼»¼ ¬± ±°»®؟¬» °´؟²¬- ³±®» ±؛؛»® ؟ ³؟·²¬»²؟²½»َ³ ؟²؟¹»³»²¬ °®±¹®؟³ ¬±±´- ؛±® ·²¬»¹®؟¬·²¹ ؟´´ ¼»ھ·½» ·²؛±®³؟¬·±² ·² ؟ -·²¹´» ¼؟¬؟¾؟-»ٍ يٍ ث-»® ·²¬»®؟؛½» ـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² -«°°±®¬ ½±³°´»¨ ¸«³؟²َ ³؟½¸·²» ·²¬»®؟؛½»ّ ط س×÷ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬-ل ײ-¬»؟¼ ±؛ ®»¯«·®·²¹ ½«-¬±³»®- ¬± -«°°±®¬
؟² ±«¬¼؟¬»¼ سط َ × °´؟¬؛±®³ ±® ؟¾؟²¼±² ·¬ »²¬·®»´§ô ½±²¬®±´- §-¬»³ -«°°´·»®- -¸±«´¼ °®±َ ھ·¼» ¬¸» ³»؟²- ¬± ´»ھ»®؟¹» »¨·-¬·²¹ ·²ھ»-¬َ ³»²¬- ؟²¼ ·²¬»´´»½¬«؟´ °®±°»®¬§ô ؟²¼ ؟¬ ¬¸» -؟³» ¬·³» ³·¹®؟¬» °´؟²¬ ½±²¬®±´ ®±±³- ؟²¼ »²¹·²»»®·²¹ -¬؟¬·±²- ¬± ²»©»®ô ³±®» ®±¾«-¬ چµ·¬-Œ ؟´´±©·²¹ «-»®- ¬± ®»¬؟ َ ·² ¬¸»·® »¨·-¬·²¹ ¸؟®¼©؟®» ؟²¼ ·²¼«-¬®·؟´½ ´؟-- ؛«®²·¬«®»ô ©¸·´» »¨°»¼·¬·²¹ ¬¸» ¬®؟²-·¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» ´؟¬»-¬ ±°»®؟¬±® »²ھ·®±²³»²¬ٍ ىٍ ز»¬©±®µـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² »³°´±§ ±°»² ±® °®±°®·»¬؟®§ °®±¬±½±´-ل ف±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³- »³°´±§·²¹ ±°»² ²»¬©±®µ °®±¬±½±´- °®±ھ·¼» °®±½»-- °´؟²¬- ©·¬¸ ²»© ´»ھ»´- ±؛ ½±²²»½¬·ھ·¬§ٍ ث-»®- ¸ھ؟» ¬¸» ؛®»»¼±³ ¬± -»´»½¬ ¬¸» ¾»-¬ ½±²¬®±´ ؟²¼ ·²-¬®«³»²¬؟¬·±² -±´«¬·±²- ؛±® ؟ ¹·ھ»² ¬؟-µٍ ق» -«®» ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ §±« ½¸±±-» ³؟µ»؛«´´ «-» ±؛ ®»½±¹²·¦»¼ ±°»² -¬؟²¼؟®¼-ô ؟²¼ ·- »¯«·°°»¼ ¬± ·²¬»¹®؟¬» ¬¸» ·²¼«-¬®§َ´ »؟¼·²¹
؟²¼ ف±²¬®±´ز»¬ô ؟³±²¹ ±¬¸»®-ٍ ëٍ ر°¬·³·¦؟¬·±² ـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² -«°°±®¬ ®»¼»-·¹²»¼ ©±®µ °®±½»--»-ل ة¸»² -»´»½¬·²¹ ؟ ²»© ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ô ·¬ ··³°±®¬؟²¬ ¬¸؟¬ ¬¸» ھ»²¼±® ±؛؛»® ؟ -±´«¬·±² َ ¬·¹¸¬´§ ·²¬»¹®؟¬·²¹ ±°¬·³·¦؟¬·±²ô ³«´¬·؟ھ®· ؟¾´» ½±²¬®±´ ؟²¼ ؟¼؟ھ²½»¼ °®±½»-- ½±²¬®±´ ك ّ فذٍ÷ س±®»±ھ»®ô ¬¸»-» ¬±±´- -¸±«´¼ ¾» »³¾»¼¼»¼ ·² ؟ -§-¬»³ ؟®½¸·¬»½¬«®» ¬¸؟¬ ½؟°¬«®»- ؟²¼ ´»ھ»®؟¹»- °®±½»-- µ²±©´»¼¹» ±ھ»® ¬·³»ٍ ك ³»¬¸±¼±´±¹§ ©·´´ ؟´-± ¾» ·² °´؟½» ؛±® ½±²¬·²«±«- ·³°®±ھ»³»²¬ٍ
ـ×خجح×ـغجثق شرخجزرف سغجحاحّ حفـ÷
½±³°؟²§ٍ ط·-¬±®§ ½±´´»½¬·±² ·- ¾«·´¬َ· ² ؟²¼ ھ»®§ ®±¾«-¬
½±²¬®±´ ±®·¹·²- ؟²¼ ؟ فشذ ·- ±°¬·³؟´´§ ¼»-·¹²»¼ ؛±® ³؟½¸·²» ±® ³±¬·±² ½±²¬®±´ ©·¬¸ ½؟® ؟؛½¬±®§ ®»´؟§ °؟²»´ ±®·¹·²-ٍ ة¸·´» فشذ- ؟®» -±³»¬·³»- «-»¼ ؛±® °®±½»--َ½ ±²¬®±´ ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²-ô ¬¸»®» ؟®» -±³» ¬®؟¼»َ± ؛؛- ·² ¬»®³- ±؛ ¼»¹®»» ±؛ °®±¹®؟³³·²¹ô ®±¾«-¬َ ²»-- ؟²¼ ±°»®؟¬·±²؟´ -«·¬؟¾·´·¬§ٍ ج¸·- ·- ³±-¬ ±؛¬»² ؟¬¬»³°¬»¼ ©·¬¸ -³؟´´ ±® ²±²َ¸ ؟¦؟®¼±«ھ·-·¾´»ٍ ق»´±©ô »؟½¸ ¬§°» ±؛ -§-¬»³ ؟²¼ ¬¸±-» ؟®»؟- ©¸»®» ·¬ ¬§°·½؟´´§ °»®؛±®³- ¾»-¬ ؟®» ´·-¬»¼ٍ خ»؛»®»²½»ïٍ ظ®»¹¹ô ضٍô ف±²¬®±´ ً ح§-¬»³ ح»´»½¬·±²ô ف¸»³ٍ غ²¹ٍô ك«¹«-¬ îًîô °°ٍ êîٹêêٍ îٍ ق±¸؟²ô ضٍô ײ¼«-¬®§ ح±´«¬·±²- ؟س²؟¹»®ô ط±²»§©»´´ ذ®±½»-- ح±´«¬·±²-ّ ذ¸±»²·¨ô ً ك®·¦ٍ÷ô °»®-±²؟´ ½±³³«²·½؟¬·±²ô ك°®ٍ êô îًçٍ
؛±® ¼·-½®»¬» ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²-ô ¼«» ¬± ¬¸»·® °؟½µ·²¹ ´·²» ¸»®·¬؟¹» ٌ ´؟¼¼»®َ´ ±¹·½ °®±½»--·²¹ ·- ·¼»؟´ ؛±® ³؟½¸·²»³ ±¬·±² ½±²¬®±´ ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²-
¸؟²¼´·²¹ ·- ¾«·´¬ ·²¬± ¬¸» حفـ
چ¬؟´µŒ ¬± »؟½¸ ±¬¸»® ·² ؟ °»»®َ¬ ±َ° »»® ؟؛-¸·±²ّ - ¸؟®·²¹ ؟ ´±¬ ±؛ ¼؟¬؟ ¬¸®±«¹¸±«¬ ¬¸» ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²÷ٍ ج¸·- ·- ¾«·´¬َ· ² ¬± ؟ حفـ -§-¬»³ َ ´»®ô سط×ô -»®ھ»®ô ²»¬©±®µô »¬½÷ٍ ك حفـ -§-¬»³ ·- °®»َ¾ «·´¬ ®»؟¼§ ¬± ¹± ±«¬ ±؛ ¬¸» ¾±¨
¼»½·-·±²ٍ خ»³»³¾»® ¬¸؟¬ ؟ حفـ ·- ±°¬·³؟´´§
-§-¬»³-
§»؟® ±® ³±®» ‰ ·¼¼؟²¹ َ²»© ؛»»¼ ´·²»-ô ¬؟²µ-ô ؟²¼ -± ±²÷ٍ ج±±´- ·² ¬¸» حفـ ؟®» ؛±±´° ®±±؛ ؟²¼ ³؟µ» ½¸؟²¹»- ¯«·½µ´§
»¨°»½¬»¼
ة¸»² ½¸±±-·²¹ ؟ ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ ؛±® ؟ °؟®َ ¬·½«´؟® °®±½»-- ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²ô ¬¸»®» ؟®» ³؟²§
ٌ ح¸±«´¼ ¾» «-»¼ ©¸»²؛±®و
-§-¬»³- ¬§°·½؟´´§ ¸ھ؟» ³±®» ¾«·´¬َ· ² ½؟°؟¾·´·¬§ ·² ¬¸·؟®»؟ô -«½¸ ؟- -»´»½¬±®-ô ½؟´½«´؟¬±®-ô -¬»°°»¼ ±«¬°«¬- ؟²¼ ·²·¬·؟´·¦؟¬·±²
·- «²؟½½»°¬؟¾´»ٍ حفـ -§-¬»³- ؟®» ®±¾«-¬ ¼«» ¬± ¬¸»·®
حررطف× ظز ك حفـ خر ك فشذ أ إ
غشقكسسكخظرخذ ظرش×ف خغششرخجزرفّ فشذ÷
ح¸±«´¼ ¾» «-»¼ ©¸»²و
¬±®-ٍ ك¹؟·²ô ¬¸·- ·- ¾«·´¬َ·² ٌ ؟²¼± ® -§-¬»³-ٍ حفـ -§-¬»³- ¸ھ؟» ؟ ²«³¾»® ±؛ ±°»² °®±¬±½±´- ¾«·´¬َ·² ؛±® ·²¬»¹®؟¬·±²
êٍ ك--»¬ ³؟²؟¹»³»²¬ ـ±»- ¬¸» -±´«¬·±² ؛±½«- ±² ¬¸» »²¬·®» °®±½»--ل ك -«°°´·»®ژ- ؟--»¬َ³ ؟²؟¹»³»²¬ -±´«¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ¾» چ°®±½»-- ½»²¬®·½ٍŒ ث-»®- ¸ھ؟» ؟² »²¬»®°®·-»َ© ·¼» ھ·»© ±؛ ¬¸» ®»´؟¬·±²-¸·°¾»¬©»»² ؟´´ ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ؟--»¬-ô ؟²¼ ؟- -«½¸ô ½؟² ³؟µ» ·²؛±®³»¼ ¼»½·-·±²- ؛؛؟»½¬·²¹ °´؟²¬ ؟ھ؟·´؟¾·´·¬§ٍ ج¸·- ؟°°®±؟½¸ ؟´´±©- ¬¸» «-»® ¬± ¼»¬»®³·²»و ï÷ ¬¸» ·³°؟½¬ ±؛ »¯«·°³»²¬ °®±¾´»³- ±² ¬¸» °®±½»--ه î÷ ¬¸» ؟--±½·؟¬·±² ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸»-» °®±¾´»³- ؟²¼ ¬¸» ¾«-·²»--ه ؟²¼ ي÷ ¬¸» °®·±®·¬§ ±؛ ²»»¼»¼ ®»°؟·®-ٍ
َ
®·¬§ ½¸»½µ- ؟²¼ ¾«·´¬َ· ² ؛«²½¬·±²؟´·¬§ ؛±® ³؟µ·²¹ ´؟®¹»َ- ½؟´» ½¸؟²¹»- ¬± ؟² ؟«¬±³؟¬·±² -¬®؟¬»¹§ ¬¸؟¬ ؟®» ´±±-»´§ ·²¬»¹®؟¬»¼ ؟¬ ؟ ¸·¹¸»® ´»ھ»ٍ´ ؟س²§ »²¼ «-»®- ¼»°´±§ كـكفح ؟®½¸·¬»½¬«®»- ©·¬¸ فشذ- ¬¸؟¬ ؟®» »؛؛»½¬·ھ» ؛±® ½؟°¬«®·²¹ ¼؟¬؟ ؟½®±-- ¬¸» -§-¬»³-ô ©¸·´» °®»-»®ھ·²¹ ؟«¬±²±³§ ؛±® »؟½¸ ½±²¬®±´´»® »¯«·°³»²¬ ±²´§ٍ فشذ- ±؛؛»® ³؟²§ ±°¬·±²- ؛±® ½´±-»´§ ½±«°´»¼ ±°»®؟¬±® ¬±«½¸ °؟²»´³·²·³؟´ ½±³³«²·½؟¬·±² ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸»³ô ؟²¼ ¬¸» ½±³³«²·½؟¬·±² ©·´´ ²±¬ ½¸؟²¹» ³«½¸ٍ ق«·´¼·²¹ ³»--؟¹·²¹ ·² ¬¸» فشذ -§-¬»³ ·- ½±-¬´§ ؟²¼ ³«-¬ ¾» ³؟·²¬؟·²»¼ °±-·¬·±² ؟ھ´ھ»-ٍ ؟ش¼¼»® ´±¹·½ ·- ؟ ھ»®§ ½´»؟²ô »؛؛»½¬·ھ» ©؟§ ¬± ¸؟²¼´» ¬¸·- ®»¯«·®»³»²¬
ف®»؟¬·²¹ ײ-¬؟´´»¼ ؟ظ·² ظ®؟°¸- ؛±® ف±²¬®±´ ؟ت´ھ»-
ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ غ¼·¬±®ح و½±¬¬ ض»²µ·²²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¹®؟°¸- ½؟² ¸»´° ·³°®±ھ» ¬¸» -»´»½¬·±² ±؛ ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ»؛±® ½¸»³·½؟´ °®±½»--·²¹ٍ ج¸» ¹®؟°¸- ؟®» °´±¬¬»¼ ¬± ؟²؟´§¦» ¬±¹»¬¸»®
×
·-¬·½-ô ؟²¼ ¾»¬¬»® ·´´«-¬®؟¬» ¬¸» ®»´؟¬·±²-¸·° ¾»¬©»»² ؟ ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ؟²¼ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ٍ ذ®»¼·½¬·²¹ ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ½؟² ¸»´° ¬± ·²½®»؟-» ½±²¬®±´´؟¾·´·¬§ ±؛ ¬¸» -§-¬»³ ؟²¼ ¸»´° ھ؟±·¼ ±ھ»®-·¦»¼ ؟ھ´ھ»-ٍ ײ-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¹®؟°¸½؟² ®»ھ»؟´ ®؟²¹»- ±؟ھ ؛´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ©¸»®» ¬¸» ؟ھ´ھ» ¹؟·² ³·¹¸¬ ·³°»¼» ½±²¬®±´´؟¾·´·¬§ٍ ج¸»§ ½؟² ؟´-± -¸±© ¬¸» ¬®ھ؟»´- ؛±® ©¸·½¸ ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ©·´´ °»®؛±®³ ±°¬·³؟´´§ٍ
ٌ ¾§ «-·²¹ ¬¸» »¯«؟¬·±²- ·² ¬¸» ×كحٌ×؟ھ فغ´ھ» -·¦·²¹ -¬؟²¼؟®¼ّ ك حز× ×كحَéëًٍïًٍïٍ÷ °»®½»²¬ °®±½»-- ؟ھ®·؟¾´»ّ ûتذ÷
ث-» ¬¸» ®؟²¹» ±؛ ¬¸» °®±½»--َ؟ھ®·؟¾´» ³»؟-«®»³»²¬ ¼»ھ·½» ؟²¼ ·¬- ®»´؟َ
جكخغزغظ×كظ ـغششكجحز× زك ظز×طذكخظ ز
ײ-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² î ٍ î î ًٍ ؟س¨·³«³ ¹؟·²
ٍïè ٍïê
؟ھ´ھ» ½¸؟²¹»- ©·¬¸ ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»ٍ´
ٍïى ٍïî
س·²·³«³ ¹؟·²
ھ®«½ ÷تف»ٍ ف±³³±² ½«®ھ» -¸؟°»- ؟®»و ش·²»؟® ‰ ح´±°» ½¸؟²¹»- ´·¬¬´» ±ھ»® ¬¸» ²±®³؟´ ©±®µ·²¹ ®؟²¹» ±؛ ¬¸» ؟ھ´ھ» َ د«·½µ±°»²·²¹ ؟²¼ -´±©»® ؟¬ ¸·¹¸ ¬®ھ؟»´غ¯«؟´ °»®½»²¬؟¹» ‰ ح´±°» ً ïً ½¸؟²¹»- ³±®» -´±©´§ ؟¬ ´±© ¬®ھ؟»´- ؟²¼ ؟؛-¬»® ؟¬ ¸·¹¸ ¬®ھ؟»´½÷ ذ´±¬ ھ تف»®-«- ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»ٍ´
ح¬»° ëـ و»ھ»´±° ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¹®؟°¸
ح¬»° îـ و»¬»®³·²» -§-َ ¬»³ ½¸؟®؟½¬»®·-¬·½ ½«®ھ»
¬¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¹®؟°¸ٍ
°·°·²¹ ¸»؟¼ ؟²¼ ؛®·½¬·±²
ح¬»° êو ײ¬»®°®»¬ ®»-«´¬-
°®»--«®»ٍ ك--«³·²¹ ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ·- ²±¬ «²َ ¼»®-·¦»¼ô ·¬ ©·´´ ¸ھ؟» ±²»
ً
ً
ذ»®½»²¬ ±؛ ®؟¬»¼ ¬®ھ؟»´
ً ً
ح§-¬»³ °®»--«®» ½¸؟®؟½¬»®·-¬·½ îîë ً îً
؟س¨·³«³
ïéë
ز±®³؟´
ً ïë
س·²·³«³
ïîë
ذï ؛±® ؟ھ´ھ»
ً ïً
ذî ؛±® ؟ھ´ھ»
éë ً ً ï
ً ٍï ً ٍè ً ٍê ً ٍى ً ٍî ً ً
ً ï
ً î
ً ي
ً ى
ً ë
ً ê
ً é
ً è
ً ً ً ç ï
؟ت´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ô û
ج¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¹®؟°¸ ½؟² ؟·¼ ·² ¬¸» ؟²؟´§-·- ±؛ ©¸»¬¸»® ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ·²¸»®»²¬ ½¸؟®؟½¬»®·-¬·½ ·- -«·¬؟¾´» ؛±® ¬¸» -§-¬»³ٍ ك² ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² »¯«؟´ ¬± ±²» ؛±® ¬¸» »²¬·®» ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ©±«´¼ ·²¼·½؟¬» ¬¸؟¬ ¬¸» ±¬¸»® ï ½±³°±²»²¬- ±؛ ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ ©±«´¼ ²±¬ ¸ھ؟» ¬± ½±³°»²-؟¬» ؛±® ¬¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ؟ھ´ھ» ¹؟·²ّ ¬¸؟¬ ·-ô ¬¸» ½ ±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ ¬«²·²¹ °؟®؟³»¬»®- «-»¼ ؟¬ ±²» ؟ھ´«» ±؟ھ ؛´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ©±«´¼ ؟´´±© »¯«؟´´§ ؟½½»°¬؟¾´» ½±²¬®±´´؟¾·´·¬§ ؟¬ ±¬¸»® ¬®ھ؟»´-÷ٍ ׬ ·- ³±®» ¬¸؟² ´·µ»´§ ¬¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ©·´´ ²±¬ »¯«؟´ ±²» ؟½®±-- ¬¸» ؛«´´ ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»ٍ´ ظ«·¼»´·²»- ؛±® ¼»-·®؟¾´» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ؟ھ´«»- ¸ھ؟» ¾»»² »-¬؟¾´·-¸»¼ٍ ײ ³±-¬ ½؟-»-ô ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ؟ھ´«»- ±؛ ¾»¬©»»²ًٍë ؟²¼ îًٍ-¸±«´¼ ¾» ¬¸» ¬؟®¹»¬ٍ ×؛ ¬¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ؟؛´´- ±«¬-·¼» ¬¸·- ®؟²¹» ؛±® ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´- ¬¸؟¬ ؟®» »¨°»½¬»¼ ¬± ¾» «-»¼ ؛±® ½±²¬®±´´·²¹ ¬¸» °®±½»--ô ¬¸» ½±²¬®±´´؟¾·´·¬§ ©·´´ ²±¬ ¾» ±°¬·³؟ٍ´ ع±® »¨؟³°´»ô ½±²¬®±´´»® ¬«²·²¹ -»¬°±·²¬- ¬¸؟¬ ؛«²½¬·±² ©»´´ ؟¬ ´±© ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ؟ھ´«»- ³·¹¸¬ ½؟«-» -§-¬»³ ·²-¬؟¾·´·¬§ ·؛ «-»¼ ؟¬ ¬®ھ؟»´- ©·¬¸ ؟ ¸·¹¸ ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·²ٍ
عغـ×ز×ج×حزر ً ً ً ً ً îô ً ïôë ً ëً ïô
ً ً ً ً îôëًيً ô يôëًىً ô
ٌ ع´±©ô ¹؟´³ ·²
؟÷ ذ®»--«®» َ ½±²¼·¬·±²- ؟½®±-- ؟ ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ؟®» ²±¬ ½±²-¬؟²ٍ¬ ؟ت´«»- ±؛ ¬¸» ´·¯«·¼°®»--«®» ®»½±ھ»®§ ؟؛½¬±® ؟²¼ ¬¸» °®»--«®»َ¼®±° ®؟¬·± ؟؛½¬±® ؛±® ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ»- ؟ھ®§ ©·¬¸ ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»ٍ´ ¾÷ ع±® -»ھ»®؟´ ؟ھ´«»- ±؟ھ ؛´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ô ¼»¬»®³·²» ©¸»®» ±² ¬¸» -§-¬»³
؟ت´ھ» ¹؟·² ؟ت´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ‰ ج¸» ¼»¹®»» ±؛ ±°»²²»-- ±؛ ¬¸» ؟ھ´ھ»؟ھ »¸¬ ه´ھ» -¬®±µ» ف±²¬®±´ ®؟²¹» ‰ ج¸» ½±²¬®±´ ®؟²¹» ±؟ ؛² ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ؟ھ´ھ» ·- ¬¸» ®؟²¹» ±؛ ¬®ھ؟»´- ؛±® ©¸·½¸ ¬¸» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ®»³؟·²- ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ًٍë ¬± îًٍ®؟²¹» ®»´؟¬·±²-¸·° ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» °®»--«®» ¼®±° ؟½®±-- ؟ھ ؟´ھ» -§-¬»³ ؟²¼ ¬¸» ‰ ج¸» ®»´؟¬·±²-¸·° ¾»¬©»»² ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ» ½؟°؟½·¬§ ؟²¼ ؟ھ´ھ» -¬»³ ¬®ھ؟»´
ײ-¬؟´´»¼ ؛´±© ½¸؟®؟½¬»®·-¬·½
ً يً ô ً îôëً
؟س¨·³«³
ً ً îô
ز±®³؟´
ً ïôëً
س·²·³«³
ً ً ïô ً ëً ً ً
ً ï
ً î
ً ي
ً ى
ً ë
ً ê
ً é
؟ت´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ô û
ً è
ً ً ً ç ï
±°»²·²¹ٍ ذ®»--«®» ¼®±°- ؟ھ®§ ©·¬¸ ؟ھ´ھ» ¬®ھ؟»´ ©¸»² ؟ھ´ھ»- ؟®» ·²-¬؟´´»¼ خ»؛»®»²½»ïٍ ز·»-»²ô سًٍô ث-·²¹ ·²-¬؟´´»¼ ¹؟·² ¬± ·³°®±ھ» ؟ھ´ھ» -»´»½¬·±²ٍ ف¸»³ٍ غ²¹ ٍ ر½¬±¾»® îًèô °°ٍ يٹىيéٍ îٍ ع·¬¦¹»®؟´¼ô قٍ ؟²¼ ش·²¼»²ô فٍô ج¸» ½±²¬®±´ ؟ھ´ھ»ژ- ¸·¼¼»² ·³°؟½¬ ±²ً¬¸» ¾±¬¬±³ ´·²»ٍ ؟ت´ھ» ؟س²«؟؛½¬«®»®ژ- ك--±½·؟¬·±²ô ؟ة-¸·²¹¬±²ô ـٍٍفô îًي ٍ يٍ ذچً»®®§ژ- ف¸»³·½؟´ غ²¹·²»»®ژ- ؟ط²¼¾±±µôŒ 謸 »¼ٍô س½ظ®؟© ط·´´ô زٍٍاô îًè ٍ
Infrared Temperature Measurement
Department Editor: Scott Jenkins ontact-based temperature sensors, such as thermocouples and resistance temperature detectors (RTDs), have demonstrated accurate and cost-effective operation throughout the chemical process industries (CPI). However, there are many applications and settings where they are simply not practical. In those cases, engineers can turn to a host of noncontact temperature measurement devices, many of which are based on measuring infrared (IR) radiation. IR thermometers can routinely perform measurements in situations where readings with contact thermometers would be virtually impossible. Situations where IR-based temperature measurement should be considered include the following: fields, such as in processes involving induction or microwave heating in process chambers or behind windows thermometers or contaminated by contact measurement present heat capacity and low thermal conductivity as combustion gases and flames
C
Within the CPI, IR thermometry is most ef ductor and wafer processing, cement and lime processing, rotating kiln shells, waste incineration, glass processing, sintering and heat treating, metals processing and drying applications. While IR thermometers are generally more expensive than contact thermometers, they usually have longer lifetimes and thermal radiation physics can help users apply and operate the devices more effectively. Stefan-Boltzmann law
surface area per unit time is related to its temperature by the Stefan-Boltzmann law, which states that irradiance (in J/s/m 2) is proportional tionality (the Stefan-Boltzmann constant) is re
Operation
according to the same basic operating principles (Figure 1). lens are used to focus the IR onto a detector, which converts the IR radiation into an electri for emissivity (see below) and ambient temperature, an analog output is generated to provide temperature measurement. The analog signal can be converted Emissivity
EMISSIVIT Y VALUES OF COMMON MATERIALS* Material Emissivity
Silver (polished) Aluminum (unoxidized) Gold (polished) Aluminum (heavily oxidized) Zinc (bright galvanized) Steel (316 polished) Soil (plowed field) Iron (liquid) Iron (rusted) Water Sand Steel (cold rolled) Wood (oak planed) Brick (red, rough) Carbon (Lampblack) Ice
0.01 0.02 0.02 0.20 0.23 0.28 0.38 0.43 0.65 0.67 0.76 0.80 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.98
The emission of thermal radiation is a surface phenomenon for most materials. The term *Provided for illustrative purposes only. ability to emit thermal radiation. (distance-to-spot ratio). Higher ratios mean Emissivity is defined as the ratio between the better resolution. Ideally, the target being measured should fill perature and a per fect radiator, or blackbody, at the same temperature. Emissivity values lie between zero and one. IR thermometers generally have the ability to compensate for the different emissivity values of materials. Calibration IR thermometers can be calibrated by aiming are the easiest to measure accurately with IR at blackbody radiators that are designed thermometers, while those with low emissivities specifically for calibration and testing. By varyare more difficult. For example, some polished, ing the source t emperature of the blackbody, shiny metallic surfaces, such as aluminum, are so reflective in the infrared that accurate temmeasurement signal to known temperatures. perature measurement is not always possible. Tables listing emissivity values f or various Selection questions to consider materials have been published, and are availWhen selecting an IR thermometer for a CPI able for reference (Table). Some IR thermomapplication, it is important to consider the foleters allow users to change emissivity values according to the material being measured, while others have a pre-set emissivity value. When using IR thermometry, it is important to consider that materials can have different emissivity values at different wavelengths. To determine an emissivity value, you can heat a ing device the emissivity value of the instrument until the IR thermometer matches the known temperature. Field of view (FOV) instrument operates and is determined by the optics of the system. The optical system of the References IR thermometer collects the IR energy from a circular measurement spot, and focuses the Chem. Eng. energy on the detector. The optical resolution of the instrument is determined by the ratio . and the size of the spot being measured Lens assembly Filter
Object Field of view
Recommended
Incorrect
Aperture Detector
IR Thermometer
S
Amplifier and electronics D
FIGURE 1. The optical system of an IR thermometer collects IR energy from a circular measurement spot, and focuses it on a detector
Target greater than spot size
Target equal to spot size
Target smaller than spot size
Backround
FIGURE 2. For accurate IR temperature measurement, the target area should be greater than the instrument’s FOV by a factor of about 1.5
ذَ ©±ش ® »®« »-- ¬-«®»³»²؟»س »²µ·²ض ¬¬½±ح و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟»°ـ¬±®®ٍ
½««³ô ·²½´«¼·²¹؟ھ ®»¼´- «²؟·®»¬؟ ³؛·±® ±ھ؟¸»¾ »¸¬ ؛«-» ±؟½» ´±©»®»¼ ¾±·´·²¹ °±·²¬-ô ´±©َ° ´«´ ¬±±؛»®» «-؟ ¬·±²-؟®» ®»--«®» ±°»´±°َھ»¼ ¼²؟ ¸½®؟»- ·² ®»-؟ ´´»© -؟ ´ °®±½»--·²¹ô؟½··² ½¸»³ ½««³ -§-¬»³ ·- ²»½»-َ؟ھ ؟ »®»¸© -؟»®ك ½¬«®·²¹ٍ؟؛«²؟²¼ ³؟ ¬³»² و±´´±©·²¹؛ »¸¬ »¼«´½«´ ·²؛»®§ ±® «-؟-
ق
يٹ
َ ؟ ¸¬·© ¼»·²؟¬·²؟¬ ·- ³؟¸¬ »¼²±؟ ¼²؟ »¼¬¸±؟½ ®¹» ¾»¬©»»²؟¸½
َ ®·؟ ·²¹ھ·®±²³»²¬ ¾§ ®»³±ھ²¼ ¬¸» -«®®±«²¼·²¹ »²؟ ´-؟
½·¬»¹²؟ ³؟ °°´§·²¹؟ §¾ »®¹؟¸½²±¼» ¼·-؟¬¸±¼»َ؟½ ؟ ·²-؟¬·²؟³ ´ °®»--«®»-؟·¬»®»²؛؛·¼
¸¬¸- ¬¸®±«¹؟´ °؟½·´»¸ »´ ·²ھ؟®¬ §»¸¬ ¼ô؟»¬ ·²-ه»¼²±؟ »¸¬ ¼·®»½¬´§ ¬± ½»ٍ؟½««³ -°؟ھ »¸¬
-؟»®؟ ®»¸¬²¼ ±؟ §®¬·²¼«-
½·¬»¹²؟»½¬»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» ³؛؛؟®» «²؟ §»¸¬ ² »´»½¬®±²-ô؟¸¬ --؟¬»® ³؟»®¹ جزغسغخثحكغس غخثححغخذَةرش
َ؟½·¼² ·²¼·®»½¬ ·²؟ ¬»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» ·±² ½±´´»½¬·±² °®±½»-- ·-؟®»½«®®»²¬ ¹»² ½««³ °®»--«®»ٍ؟ھ ؛¬·±² ±
· ¬· ®½¸ô؟»²¼ ®»-؟ ´ ®±´» ·² °®±½»--·²¹؟®¬ ½»²ژ½««³-؟ھ ؛«-» ±؟½»ق½َ؟®؛ § ¬·²؟ »¾ §؟¬ ³؟¸¬ -«®» °®»--«®»-؟»¾´» ¬± ³؟ »¾ ²¬ ¬±؟¬®·³°± ¬³±-°¸»®·½ °®»--«®»-ٍ؟ ´؟½· ¬§°؛¬·±² ±
îغشقكج ظفغ عر حغظكجزكتـكح×ـ ـزك حغظكجزكتـك ٍ حغظكظ زر×جكئ×زر× عسغَـغححرخف حثحخغت
¹»-؟ ¬²؟ ھ ¼؟ ·-ـ
ïغشقكج اج×شكثد سثثفكت خرع حغظزكخ شكف×ذاج ٍ
¹»-؟ ¬²؟ ھ ¼ك
³·¬¬·²¹َغ »¼¬¸±؟½ -ظ×
َ َ î
î
َ َ
َ ½·¬»¹²؟³
؟ ذ ®»--«®» ·²ذ ً يٍïï ؟ذ µ ً ً ؟ ذ µي ï ¬± ً ؟ذ ¬± ïً³؟ذ µي ً ً ؟ذ ¬± ïً²؟ذç ïً³ٹ ً ً ؟ذ ¬± ïً°؟ذïً²
ً ؟ذïً°ن ً ¬±؟ذïًk ؟ذ؛ي ن ً ï ÷؟ذ ïëٹ ïم ؟ذ؛ ّ ً
®®®»--«®» ·² ¬±ذ ً éê »®«¬³±-°¸»®·½ °®»--ك ً éê ¬± îë ½««³؟ھ ©±ش ً يٹ îë ¬± ï I ï ½««³؟ھ »¼·«³س ً ً ¬± ï I ïيٹ ï I ï ½««³؟ھ ¸·¹ط ً ًïI ç ¬±ٹ ï ½««³؟ھ ¸¸·¹؟®¬´ث ïîٹ ï I ï ً ïîٹ ï I ïن ½««³؟ھ ¸¨¬®»³»´§ ¸·¹غ ً ًïI ê ¬±ٹ ï »½؟«¬»® -°ر ïéٹ I ïي
ً
½««³؟ھ ¬½»؛®»ذ
»¼¬¸±؟½ ² »³·¬¬·²¹؟¸¬
§¬®»´ °®±°؟½· °®»--«®»َ¼ »°»²¼»²¬ °¸§-؟ --»--·²¹؟ §¾ ¼»®®»؛³«-¬ ¾» ·² ·-½±-·¬§ٍھ ®¾·´·¬§ ±؟¦··¬§ô ·±²ھ·¬½«¼´ ½±²؟- ¬¸»®³؟ ¸½«-ô -؟ ¬¸» ¹؛±
َ
-ظ× »´»½¬·²¹ح
حغظكظ زر×جكئ×زر×
َ َ ²¹»-ٍ؟® ½««³؟ ھ¸¸·¹؟®¬´« ¼²؟ -«®»³»²¬ ·² ¬¸» ¸·¹¸؟»°®»--«®» ³ §¾ ®»¾- ³±´»½«´»-ô ¬¸»² ¼»¬»®³·²·²¹ ¬¸»·® ²«³؟´ ¹؟®¬«»·±²·¦·²¹ ² »¹؟¬·±² ¹؟¦· ·±²؛½¬»®·-¬·½- ±؟®؟¸ف ´ ½«®®»²¬ٍ؟½·®¬½»´» ²؟ -«®·²¹؟»³َ؟´»® »ھ·¬؟¬ ·- ²»¹؟¸¬ ®² ·±² ½±´´»½¬±؟ ²¼ »´»½¬®±² -±«®½»ô؟ »¼«´½·² §¬·´·¾؟¬²¼ -؟ §½؟®«½½ك
-«®·²¹ »´»½¬®·½ ½«®®»²¬ٍ؟»±® ³؛ ²·-³؟¸½»³ ½َ ³·¬¬·²¹غ ¹»-؟¬·±² ¹؟¦·¬¸±¼» ·±²؟
»®»²½»-؛»خ
َ ®±³؛ -¸·±²؟؛ ®؟´« ©»´´½±²¬®±´´»¼ô ®»¹؟ ®» »³·¬¬»¼ ·²؟ »´»½¬®±²- ¸»³ٍف
²¹ٍôغ
²±¼»ٍ؟ ¼·®®¹»¼ ©·®» ¹؟¸½ ½» ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» »´»½¬®±¼»-ô؟-- ¬¸®±«¹¸ ¬¸» -°؟- »´»½¬®±²- °ك »¬؟®»½««³ -§-¬»³ ¬± ¹»²؟ھ »¸¬ - ³±´»½«´»- ·²؟¬¸»§ ½±´´·¼» ©·¬¸ ¹ » ·±²- ·- ¼·®»½¬´§ °®±°±®َھ·¬· °±-؛¬·±² ±؟±®³؛ »¸¬ ¬»ô؟® »³·--·±²
Pressure measurement Department Editor: Scott Jenkins ressure measurement in the chemical process industries (CPI) is crucial to many unit operations, and selecting the most effective pressure sensors for a given situation can be complicated by a range of factors. An initial key to selection is establishing an accurate understanding of exactly what is meant when the term “pressure” is used, since there are different types. Other critical considerations include the following: media compatibility, environment, process control, electrical isolation and output signal.
P
considerations MAIN FACTORS TO CONSIDER FOR CHEMICAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS
Factor
Reason
Solution
Media compatibility
A pressure-sensing element will come in contact with varying concentrations of chemicals, temperatures and pressure ranges depending on the industry sector in which the application appears, including petrochemicals, food, pharmaceu ticals, water, refrigeration, alternative energy or power generation
Pressure sensors constructed from one-piece 316L stainless steel, nickel and cobalt-based superalloys are free from internal welds, O-rings and very thin isolation diaphragms offer excellent media compatibility for most chemicals. The one-piece design ensures outside media do not permeate the sensor body
Process control
New processes for heavy oil, alternative energy and water purification systems demand extreme operating conditions, such as low ambient temperatures (–50ºC), high media temperature (150 ºC), as well as complex and volatile gas-liquid mixtures
Pressure sensors with new technologies and wetted materials are needed. High-temperature, oil-free, bulk silicon piezoresistive sensors are ideal for these emerging markets. Superalloys, such as Inconel, Hastelloy and Waspalloy, with thick sensing diaphragms, offer the best solutions without the need for complex sensor packaging and expensive secondary seals
Environment
Rain, ice, dust and pressure washers can cause water to seep into sensor housings and cause electronics to shortcircuit
Absolute and sealed-gage reference pressure sensors protect electronics from these conditions. If venting is required to maintain accuracy at low pressures, provisions must be made for dry, noncorrosive environments for sensors to “breathe”
Electrical isolation
Improper grounding and lightning strikes can cause electrical failures of pressure sensors, as a result of isolation failure
Pressure sensors with custom electronics and a sensing element able to withstand 500 V d.c. isolation can work in extreme electrical conditions
Output signal
Depending on distance and environment, certain output signals can experience signal loss or generate noisy signals
A 4–20-mA output signal is recommended for transmission lengths greater than 15 ft in environments with electrical noise
Pressure types
Pressure measurements can be affected by what type of pressure sensing equipment is used, and understanding the different types of pressure is a prerequisite for selecting sensors or gages for your application. Accuracy can suffer if pressure types are misunderstood. Differences in pressure types have everything to do with the reference point for a given pressure measurement. Here are definitions for five common pressure types: Gage pressure — Gage pressure, the type that most people first imagine when thinking of measuring pressure, covers a positive pressure range. Its zero (reference) point is set at ambient pressure, and it is unaffected by changes in barometric pressure because the sensor is open to the atmosphere. This allows the current atmospheric pressure to be the reference against which all subsequent changes in pressure are measured. Gage pressure effectively can measure pressures below 1 psi, as well as pressures up to 200,000 psi. Vacuum pressure — Like gage pressure, vacuum pressure’s zero point is ambient pressure, and sensors measuring it are vented — and therefore unaffected by barometric change. Since vacuum pressure refers to a negative pressure range, the distinction between vacuum and gage pressure is really a function of direction and magnitude. Sensors measuring this type are commonly used in vacuum pump systems and applications where suction is required. Compound gage pressure — This pressure type is the combination of gage and vacuum pressure in that it involves both positive and negative pressure changes. Its zero is therefore set at atmospheric pressure, and it is vented. The value of a compound gage is seen when used in applications where the pressure fluctuates from positive to negative and vice-versa. Sensors measuring this pressure type typically do not exceed 100 psi in range. Sealed pressure — Sealed pressure refers to a situation where the pressure sensor is not vented. This is primarily done to protect the sensor, by avoiding the introduction of moisture or dust into the sensor housing. The sensor is sealed with a pressure equal to the atmospheric pressure at the time of
Table content submitted by Karmjit Sidhu, vice president of business development at American Sen sor Technologies (Mount Olive, N.J.; www.astsensors.com) Reference
Gage
Vacuum
Compound
Sealed
Absolute
Positive pressure Ambient Negative pressure Source: APG
sealing. This pressure then becomes the reference pressure against which all pressure changes are measured. Because it is sealed, unvented pressure sensors are unavoidably affected by barometric pressure changes. It is not typically used in low-pressure applications because the barometric shift of a few psi would affect measurement accuracy significantly. However, at 1,000 psi and above, the relatively small shift would go unnoticed and can be smaller than the error band of the sensor. In one real-world case, a sealed pressure type sensor was calibrated at a manufacturing facility in Utah and then shipped to Indiana. The atmospheric pressure differences between the locations caused the unit to fail in Indiana, while it worked properly in Utah.
Absolute pressure — Absolute pressure
is used when the zero point must be set to absolute zero. To achieve this, the sensor is also sealed, but under a vacuum condition, so that air molecules are removed from the enclosure. This then becomes the reference point and allows measurements to be made with reference to absolute zero. By definition and design, this is sensitive to barometric changes. Unlike sealed pressure, absolute pressure is often used in low-pressure applications measuring atmospheric conditions, such as in weather stations, aircraft and laboratories. Notes Material on pressure types was contributed by Elden Tolman, product design engineer at Automation Products Group Inc. (APG; Logan, Utah; www.apgsensors.com).
Valves
Department Editor: Kate Torzewski gate Pinch valve
Gate valves are designed to operate ully open or ully closed; When ully opened, there is very little pressure drop across the valve, and when ully closed there is good sealing against pressure. With the proper mating o a disk to the seat ring, very little or no leakage occurs across the disk when the gate valve is closed. Gate valves open or close slowly, which prevents uid hammer and subsequent damage to the piping system. Gate valves are usually classifed by the type o disk used, and a variety o disk types are available, such as solid wedge, split wedge or parallel disk.
Gate valve
Globe valve
Diaphragm valve
Plug valve
Ball valve
globe
The basic principle o globe valve operation is the perpendicular movement o the disk toward, or away rom, the seat. This causes the annular space between the disk and seat ring to gradually close as the valve is closed. It is this characteristic that gives the globe valve good throttling ability. When the valve is closed, there is no blocked-in volume, as occurs in a gate valve, so a globe valve has much less leakage around the seat. Also, the disk-to-seat-ring contact is much closer to orming right angles, so the orce o closing tightly seats the disk.
Source for figures: Valve Manufacturers Associa tion of America, Washington, D.C.
Butterfly valve
Check valve
butterfly
pinch
This valve consists o a exible tube that is mechanically pinched rom the outside o the valve body. The principal advantages o this type o valve are that the ow passage is straight without any crevices, and there are no internal moving parts. The sot valve body has the ability to seal around trapped solids, so pinch valves are suitable or handling slurries and solids, which would clog in the obstructed ow passages o other valve types. They are also used or the sanitary handling o oodstus and pharmaceuticals because the media are isolated rom the working parts. diaphragm
The ow passage in diaphragm valves is ree o crevices and is unobstructed by moving parts, making them suitable or applications where cleanliness, bubble-tight shuto and chemical compatibility are important. The diaphragm valve is considered
to be the valve least likely to cause contamination. For this reason, it is popular in highpurity applications. It is available in two general designs, weir and straightway. The weir-style diaphragm valve is utilized or higher-pressure applications. The straightway diaphragm valve, having no ow path obstructions, is well suited or higher-ow and slurry applications. ball
This rotational-motion valve uses a ball-shaped disk with a hole bored through to stop or start uid ow. When the valve handle is turned to the open position, the ball is rotated so that the hole lines up with the valve body’s inlet and outlet. When the ball is rotated so the hole is perpendicular to the ow, the valve is closed. Because the ball moves across the seats with a wiping motion, ball valves can handle uids with suspended solids.
Ball valves are available in Venturi, reduced and ull-port patterns. The ull-port pattern has a ball with a bore equal to the inside diameter o pipe. Most ball valves instead have a reduced bore with a Venturi shaped ow passage o about three quarters the nominal valve size.
Buttery valves get their name rom the winglike action o the ow-controlling disk that opens and closes at right angles to the ow path. Buttery valves were introduced to counteract the problems associated with linear-valve designs (especially gate valves), such as the relatively large size and weight, the high operating orce required, and the tendency to leak. Instead o a long stroke, the buttery valve requires a quarter turn to cycle rom a ully open to ully closed position. Buttery valves can be used or both on/o and throttling applications. check
plug
Plug valves have a cylindrical or tapered plug with a hole bored through. As with ball valves, uid ows when the hole in the plug is aligned with the pipe, and a quarter turn o the plug stops the ow. Plug valves oten have uorocarbon seating materials and in some cases are ully lined with uorocarbons, which provides excellent protection or corrosive applications that require bubbletight shuto. There are several dierent types o plug valves commonly used in the CPI, including lubricated, nonlubricated and eccentric types.
The purpose o a check (or nonreturn) valve is to allow uid ow in one preerred direction and to prevent back ow, or ow in the opposite direction. Ideally, a check valve will begin to close as the pressure drops in a pipeline and the uid momentum slows. When the ow direction reverses, the check valve should close completely. Check valves can be o the ollowing types: swing, lit and tilting disk. References
1.Sahoo, T., Pick the Right Valve, Chem. Eng., August 2004, pp. 34–39.
´؟½·¸»³ف ؛²½» ±؟¬»-·-خ -¬·½-؟´¸»®³±°ج
»²µ·²-ض ¬¬½±ح و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟»°ـ
»®»²½»-؛»خ
؟ط ژ²¹·²»»®-غ ´؟½·¸»³ف -ژ§®®»ذچ ïٍ ¸¬ èوً ²¼¾±±µ ±®µô îًèٍا ©»ز ·´´ôط ©؟®ظ½س »¼ٍŒ ؟½·¸»³ف ·¾½±ز îٍ ·¾½± ײ½ٍز «·¼»ٍظ »½²؟¬»-·-خ ´ ً ٍي®¬ô ײ¼ٍ îً؟¸´µغ ؛ً²½» ±؟¬»-·-خ ´؟½·¸»³ف ·°» ײ-¬·¬«¬»ٍذ -¬·½-؟´ذ ٍي »°±®¬ ïçٍ îًéٍخ ´؟½»½¸·²ج -¬·½-ٍ؟´¸»®³±°ج
¼»¬½»´»-¬·½- ³«-¬ ¾» -؟´»®ô °ھ»©±ط ¬·±²-ٍ؟½·´° ´؟½· ½¸»³و-؟ °°»²-؟¸ §´´؟«-¬·½-ô ·¬ «-؟´»½¬ °؛؛؟ ´ °®±°َ؟½·¬·±²ô ©¸»®» °¸§-؟»¬·±² ±® °»®³؟ھ´-± ®؟´«½»´²¹»ô ¾«¬ ¬¸» °±´§³»® ³±؟¸½ §؟»®¬·»- ³ ¬½»®·¼ ¼²؟ ه¼»®»¬´؟ §´´؟½·-¬®«½¬«®» ·- ²±¬ ½¸»³ ½¬·±²؟»® ´؟½· ½¸»³؟ »®»¸© ½µô؟¬¬؟ ´؟½·½¸»³ ٍ©·¬¸ ¬¸» °±´§³»® ±½½«®-
؟ ®±؛ ¬½½±«²؟ ¬»¼ ¬±؟±®®±-·±² ·- »-¬·³
ف
َ »¸¬ ®±؛ ´ »¨°»²¼·¬«®»-؟¬·°؟ ²¬َ½؟´ ´°؟«²²؟ َ ±·¼ ·¬ô »²¹·ھ؟ ±ج ´ °®±½»-- ·²¼«-¬®·»-ٍ؟½·½¸»³ ½·¬-؟´²¬ °؟¬² ½±²-·¼»® ½±®®±-·±²َ® »-·-؟½ ²»»®-¸»®َج »--»´-ٍھ »¹؟®²¼ -¬±؟ ±® °®±½»-- °·°·²¹؛ ´؟½·²¬ ¬± ½¸»³؟¬´´§ ®»-·-؟®»®» ¹»²؟ -¬·½-؟´³±° °َ؟ ²§ °®±½»--؟±® ³؛ »´¾؟¬·«²¼ ¬¸«- -؟ ½µ؟¬¬؟
حخ غسرجحكشغ ـزك حف×جحكشذرسخغطج شك×فخغسسرف ـغجفغشغح عر غفزكجح×حغخ شكف×سغطف ¼·±ھ
-»- ¬±ث
-»-
±¬»-ز
¼»¼»½±³³»²خ
²¼ ®»-·-َ؟ »½؟؛®«³±±¬¸ ·²²»® -ح ¬·±²؟±®³؛ ¬·²½» ¬± ¼»°±-؟¬ ؛®ً·»¬§ ±؟ھ »¼·© ؟ ²¬ ¬±؟¬»-·-خ ÷عّ ïëpف´- «° ¬± êëf؟·®»¬؟³
½·¼-؟ ¨·¼·¦·²¹ر
»³؟ ز
؟ ّحقك »¼·»²؟¬«¾ »´·®¬· ½®§´±² ÷»-¬§®»²
÷»¼·®·²§´ ½¸´±ھ§´ّ °±فتذ ´-؟·®»¬؟-¬·½ ³؟´¬¸»®³±°
¬·±²؟·¼؟® ÷تث·±´»¬ّ ھ؟®¬´ث
÷ًû ي ¸§¼®±¨·¼»ّ
²؟¸¬ »½²؟¬´ ®»-·-؟½·»¬¬»® ½¸»³ق فتذ َ َ ·´؟ ھ ؟ §´´؟ ·½®» ±-¬ ½±³³ ½¬±©»-ش §´´؟®»·°»- ¹»²ذ -¬·½ٍ؟´¾´» °؟ ¼»¬®³«-¬ ¾» -«°°±
½±³°±«²¼-
َ ¬ ¸·¹¸»® ¬»³؟ ¼»² ¾» «-؟ف ذ غ ²؟¸¬ ¬«®»-؟®»°
´§·²ھ§´¬»¼ °±؟ّ ½¸´±®·²فتذف ÷»¼·®½¸´± ÷»ّ °±´§»¬¸§´»²غ ذ
÷»ّ °±´§°®±°§´»²ذذ
¬»²ھ´-±¼·½؟ ½·®«؛´««³·²¹ -ع ´±¹»²-؟¸ ®»¸¬±
َ »®«¬؟®»·²¹ ¬»³°»½²؟¬®»-·-
؟
«®·½ ½·¼-؛´««³·²¹ ²·¬®·½ ²¼ -ع
÷®»¼·»²» ³±²±³ »¬»¼ °±´§»¬¸§´»²؟±²؛´«¸´±®±-ف »»±°®»²ز
¬·±²-؟½·´°°؟
¼»»´±°ھ»¼ ®«¾¾»®-
¼²؟ »¼·»²؟ ¬«¾ ؛ ±°±´§³»® ±ف »´·®¬·½®§´±²؟
»´·®¬·ز
ز ّ»¼·³؟§´±ذ ÷ §´±²
³؟»¬ح
´؟¬»±´¬»² ³سَ ½·¼-؟ ½·®«؛´«²¼ -؟
؟ ¸¬·© »´¾·¬؟ ײ¸»®»²¬´§ ½±³° ´-؟½· ½¸»³؛©·¼» -°»½¬®«³ ±
¬²½» ¬± ³±-؟¬²¼·²¹ ®»-·-؟¬«¬-ر »²¬-ھ´²¼ -±؟ ´-؟½·½¸»³
®¾±²؟ ½´«±®±ع
-َ؟´²¬ °؟¬´´§ ®»-·-؟½·±-¬ ½¸»³س »´¾؟´·؟ھ؟ §´´؟·½®»¬·½ ½±³³ َ ¬ ¸·¹¸»® ¬»³؟ ¼»² ¾» «-؟ف ´؟½· °¸§-هغعجذ ²؟¸¬ ¬«®»-؟®»° ½¸·²¹؟°°®±؟ ½¬»®·-¬·½-؟®؟¸½ ´؟¬»-±³» ³ ¬»´·±ھ؟®¬´« ²½» ¬±؟¬¸±©- ®»-·-ح ¬·±²؟·¼؟®
»¬؟´؟¸¬¸°؟®»¬ »±´§»¬¸§´»²ذ ذ ÷جغ ّ
Matals of Constcton
Department Editor: Rita L. D'Aquino
Low-temperature appLications [1 ] One key engineering consideration is the choice of materials of construction for frigid applications. Nickel-chromium (Ni-Cr) type stainless steels are notably versatile at low or cryogenic temperatures. They offer a combination of high impact strength (IS) and corrosion resistance. In the austenitic phase, with face-centered-cubic crystals, the combination of Cr and Ni in the material improves IS and toughness down to temperatures as low as –250°C. For good IS at temperatures down to –45°C, C-Mn-Si steels are recommended. The most preferred grades are fine-grained steels of pressure-vessel quality, such as ASTM A 516 and ASTM A 537 (in all grades). For temperatures between –45 and –100°C (for example, for liquid-ethylene storage), steels containing 2.5–9% Ni are useful. Between –150 and –250°C, the Ni-Cr austenitic steels (300 series, of 18/8 varieties), are highly recommended. In the nonferrous category, Al has excellent properties for temperatures as low as –250°C. Also attractive are Cu and some of its alloys, which can withstand temperatures down to –195°C.
chemicaL resistance CPVC [2]. Many nonmetals do not have the tensile strength to meet the pressure requirements of various process applications, especially at elevated temperatures. But years of testing and actual field performance prove that chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) systems can be pressure rated for operation as high as 200°F. CPVC’s high heat-distortion temperature and resistance to corrosion make it suitable for applications such as metal processing, pulp and paper, and industrial wastewater treatment, where harsh and corrosive chemicals are commonly used (see Figure 1). Another advantage of CPVC is that it is lighter than metal, and therefore less expensive to install, from both a material cost and labor perspective. CPVC is not recommended where aromatic solvents and
esters are present in high concentrations. FRP pipe [3]. Composite fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP) pipe has been replacing conventional pipe material, such as steel and concrete, in numerous applications because of its corrosion resistance, low design weight (25% of concrete pipe and 10% of steel pipe), high fatigue endurance, and adaptability to numerous composite blends (Table 5, Ref. 3 ) and manufacturing methods. FRP pipe may be divided into two broad categories: gravity pipe (dia. from 8 to 144 in.) and pressure pipe (dia. from 1 to 16 in.). It is not unusual to see FRP pressure pipe handling pressures as high as 2,000–5,000 psi during chemical processing, with the higher-pressure pipe at the lower end of the diameter scale.
heat transfer properties [4 ] Metals, including specialty materials, are the best choice in terms of good heat transfer. In the lined category, glass is used extensively for process equipment where good heat transfer is required. Lined materials, however, often have the problem of uneven thermal expansion, which may weaken the bonding of the lining in due course. While fluoropolymers have excellent compatibility with various chemicals and special surface and physical chemistries, they are generally not used for reaction vessels because of their poor heat-transfer properties. Thermal conductivities for various materials are listed in the Table, and typical applications are shown in Figure 2.
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF VARIOUS MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION [ 4 ] Material Carbon Steel (CS) SS 304 SS 316 SS 316 L Hastelloy B2 Hastelloy C2 Tantalum2 Titanium2 Zirconium2 Graphite Hexoloy Glass1 Lead Inconel2 CPVC PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)1 PFA (Perfluoroalkoxy resin)1 ETFE (Ethylene tetrafluoroethylene)1 PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride)1 ECTFE (Ethylene chlorotrifluoroethylene)1
0.24 0.23 0.16
References 1. Nalli, K., Materials of Construction For Low-Temperature and Cryogenic Processes, Chem. Eng. July 2006, pp. 44–47. 2. Newby, R. and Knight, M., Specifying CPVC In Chemical Process Environments, Chem. Eng., October 2006, pp. 34–38. 3. Beckwith, S., and Greenwood, M., Don’t Overlook Composite FRP Pipe, Chem. Eng., May 2006, pp. 42-48. 4. Robert, J., Selecting Materials of Construction, Chem. Eng., September 2005, pp. 60–62.
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
250
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Fluoropolymer, glass lined, exotic
0.19
1. Common choice for lining material 2. Exotic metals
300 C ° 200 , e r u 150 t a r e 100 p m e 50 T
Thermal conductivity, W/(m)(K) 60.59 40.71 14.23 14.23 9.12 10.21 57.5 21.67 20.77 121.15 125.65 1.00 35.30 12.00 0.14 0.25
Fluoropolymer, glass lined, exotic
Glass lined,* exotic
Exotic
Glass lined,* exotic
0 Weak acids Weak bases Salts Strong acids
Excellent
Aliphatics Strong bases
Good
Strong oxidants Halogens
Fair
Aromatic solvents Esters and ketones
Poor
CPVC offers resistance to a variety of harsh chemicals Figure 1.
-50
Exotic
Exotic
-100
Exotic
Exotic
Application:
Storage
Typical equipment:
Tanks, vessels
Transport Pipelines, valves, owmeters
Exotic Agitation Mixers
Exotic (Agitation + heat transfer) Reactors
When looking beyond steel for materials of construction, it is important to consider the intended application and temperature range. Exotic (specialty) metals (see Table) are shown here to serve well in all applications. Another material, equally suited to a specific requirement, however, may be chosen as the more cost-effective option Figure 2.
Pristine Processing Equipment
Department Editor: Kate Torzewski rocesses in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, ood and semiconductor industries must meet a high set o standards to ensure high product purity. Equipment criteria specic to high-purity processes are established to minimize contamination and maintain product integrity. In designing a pristine process, material and equipment style are o upmost importance. Bacteria is the main cause o contamination and is prone to growing in the dead cavities o equipment created by sharp corners, crevices, seams and rough suraces. Another source o contamination is leaking, which allows undesirable chemicals to compromise the quality o the process ingredients, by causing contamination, rusting and particle generation.
P
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Many actors must be taken into consideration when selecting materials o construction or use in pristine process applications where high-purity and sanitation are paramount. All suraces should be constructed o a smooth material that will not corrode, generate particles or harbor dead cavities. These criteria can be met with three standard materials: 316L stainless steel (SS), polyvinylidene fuoride (PVDF) and polytetrafuoroethylene (PTFE). The advantages and disadvantages o these materials are summarized below to acilitate the material selection process or a given application with consideration o chemical compatibility, cost, and temperature stability. MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Material Stainless Steel
PVDF
PTFE
Advantages • Mechanical strength • Functions at 121°C (steam-sterilization temperature) • Chemically inert • Resistant to corrosion and leaching • Durable and long-lasting • Retains circumerential strength
Disadvantages Vulnerability to corrosion by certain chemicals, which increases with temperature Functions only intermittently at 121°C
• The most chemically inert plastic • Resistant to corrosion and leaching Complex shapes are • Avoids leaching dicult to orm • Suitable or coating equipment
EQUIPMENT STYLE SELECTION Critical actors in high-purity equipment selection include cleanability, cost, fow capabilities and product compatibility. With these considerations in mind, criteria useul or choosing pumps, valves, seals and piping are described in this section. Pumps A undamental requirement o pristine processing pumps is the ability to clean a pump in place without disassembly. Pump seals, gaskets and internal suraces should eliminate the buildup o material and should clean out easily during wash cycles. The most common pump styles or high-purity processes are centriugal, lobe-style and peristaltic pumps, which are outlined below. PUMPS Pump style
Advantages
Disadvantages
Centriugal
• Low cost • Easy cleanability
Eciency and fow decrease with increasing pressure and volume
• Low cost • Easy cleanability • No mechanical Peristaltics seals • Non-damaging to delicate products
Rotary Lobes
Applications best suited for this style • Handling lowviscosity products • Handling h igh fowrates (40–1,500 gal/min)
The need or hoses may cause issues in elastomeric • Small , batch-oriented compatibility, temperature applications and pressure limitations, • Laboratory or pilotand a need to change scale plants hose regularly
• Higher pressure and fow capabilities High cost • Unaected by pressure variations
• Large, continuous duty applications • Steaming and high pressure applications
Valves Valves should not harbor contaminants and must be easy to clean. By these criteria, diaphragm and pinch valves are excellent choices or ultrapure processes, as they have smooth, gently curved suraces that will not harbor contaminants. Ball check, ull-port plug and ull-port ball valves are good choices as well, while butterfy, spring check, gate and swing check valves are all unacceptable, since contamination can collect in the corners that are essential to their design. Though several valves are appropriate or pristine processes, certain valves are better suited or particular applications. Diaphragm valves are the most widely used in high-purity systems or their resistance to contamination and ability to be used as a control valve. Ball and plug valves, on the other hand, are less costly and are not limited by temperature and pressure. Also, in applications using sterile steam and reeze-drying, ball valves are preerred over diaphragm valves because they eliminate the risk o catastrophic seat ailure. Seals As with all pristine processing equipment, high-purity seals should not have any cavities where contaminants can breed. By choosing a seal with gland rings that do not need to be threaded or ported, the areas where bacteria can breed are minimized. In choosing a seal material, it is important to nd a compound that will not swell, crack, pit or fake, thus reducing seal ailure and contamination. To ensure the success o seals, furoelastomers are a top choice in pristine processing applications or their excellent thermal stability, chemical resistance and mechanical durability. Piping The surace o piping, as well as any wetted equipment parts, should have a very smooth surace. When 316 SS is being used, electropolishing is a good method or achieving an ultra-smooth nish. Joining methods should minimize crevices and dead cavities, and all materials should be ree o biological degradable substances, leachable substances, and glues and solvents that may migrate into the product stream. References 1. Smith, B., What Makes a Pump or High-Purity Fluids?, Chem. Eng., pp. 87–89, April 2002. 2. Schmidt, M., Selecting Clean Valves, Chem. Eng., pp. 107–111, June 2001. 3. Wul, B., Pristine Processing: Designing Sanitary Systems, Chem. Eng., pp. 76–79, Nov. 1996. 4. Weeks, D. T. and Bennett, T., Speciying Equipment or High-Purity Process Flow, Chem. Eng., pp. 27–30, Aug. 2006.
Controlling Membrane Fouling Department Editor: Scott Jenkins
he deposition and accumulation of suspended and dissolved particles on membrane surfaces leads to performance loss. Fouling can dramatically reduce the efficiency and economic benefits of a membrane process. The type of fouling and how strongly it appears depends on several parameters, including the following:
T
COMMON FOULING MODES
ment systems. Several of the most common types of fouling are shown in the following table.
crossflow velocity or by increasing turbulence on the membrane from the membrane. The challenge becomes balancing high Membrane properties
As an essential part of the membrane process, the membrane itself has a strong influence on fouli ng. Typically, hydrophilic water, which is one of the main tools used to reduce the adsorption of foulants onto the membrane surface. A hydrophilic protective layer. The hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity of some polymeric membrane materials are shown i n Table 2. POLYMERIC MEMBRANE PROPERTIES
Property
Polymer
Hydrophobic
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE, Teflon) Polyvinylidenefluoride (PVDF) Polypropylene (PP) Polyethylene (PE)
Hydrophilic
Regenerated cellulose Cellulose ester Polycarbonate (PC) Polysulfone/polyethersulfone (PS/PES) Polyimide/polyetherimide (PI/PEI) (aliphatic) Polyamide (PA) Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) Cellulose triacetate (CTA)
FOULING EXAMPLES
Foulants
Fouling mode
Large suspended particles
Particles present in the original feed or developed in the process can block module channels
Small colloidal particles
Colloidal particles can raise a fouling layer or block the porous structure of the membrane
Macromolecules
Gel-like cake formation on top of the membrane or macromolecular fouling within the structure of porous membranes
Small molecules
Molecules such as substituted aromatics can adsorb onto the membrane structure and reduce the water content of the membrane, which lowers permeability
Scalants
Depending on the pH, salt may precipitate on the membrane. This reduces the membrane area and may reduce the water content in the membrane
Biological material
Growth of bacteria on the membrane surface, which leads to a gel-like cake on the membrane
REDUCING FOULING Infuence o the bulk solution
whether these properties can be manipulated depends on the actual process conditions. are possible parameter changes that may be manipulated to by changing the solubility of the salts. This can significantly reduce the precipitation of calcium sulfate on the membrane. Concentration polarization
ticles, especially during microfiltration and ultrafiltration, to the to accumulate on the surface of the membrane. Concentration
Because hydrophilic membranes have lower chemical resistance than hydrophobic ones, their chemical stability and cleanability have to be evaluated as part of the selection process. It should be noted that most membranes are polymer blends. to changes in membrane porosity if not closely monitored. Porosity
Infuence o the permeate fux
fouling in microfiltration, ultrafiltration and nanofiltration membrane is similar to the number of particles that diffuse away membrane properties can be sustained for longer periods. On the tradeoff between higher investment costs and lower fouling tendencies has to be assessed for each process. Chem. Eng., September 2007, pp. 62–64.
Membranes
Department Editor: Kate Torzewski
S
Micrometers, 0.001 log scale
0.01
0.1
1.0
10
eparation by a membrane is achieved by creating a boundary between dierent bulk gas or liquid mixtures. As dierent solvents and solutes ow through a membrane at dierent rates, separation is achieved. Here, we will ocus on three fltration techniques: microfltration (MF), ultrafltration (UF) and nanofltration (NF). These processes are characterized by the size o the particle that can be separated by the membrane, as illustrated in the fgure. Each membrane type is best suited or unique applications and is designed with the module and material that will allow the best separation. Flow through a membrane is characterized as either tangential ow fltration (TFF), where the eed stream ows at a velocity vector normal to the membrane surace, or normal ow fltration (NFF), where the stream ows tangent to the membrane surace. The ow pattern is dependent on the type o module utilized. NFF modules include: cartridges, stacked disks and at sheets. TFF modules include: plateand-rame (cassettes), hollow fbers, tubes, monoliths, spirals and vortex ow.
o crystallite orientation, racture in such a way that reproducible microchannels are made.
nanofiltration
microfiltration
Membrane modules
NF, sometimes reerred t o as “loose RO (reverse osmosis),” utilizes a driving orce o 0.3 to 10.5 MPa to drive liquid solvents through the membrane while retaining small solutes o about 10 to 100 nm in diameter. NF membranes are dierent rom the membranes previously discussed, because they are usually charged, utilizing ion repulsion as a major method o charged-species rejection. They have 20–80% NaCl retention and retain > 200–1,000 Daltons o neutral organics, with a low retention o dissolved gases. Neutral or undissociated solutes have a lower retention than charged or dissociated solutes.
MF separates particles rom true solutions. This technique is able to separate particles rom about 0.1 to as high as 10 µm. As can be seen rom the fgure, large, soluble macromolecules, bacteria and other microorganisms can be retained by MF membranes.
Scanning electron microscope Particle size range
Molecular
Macromolecular
Microparticle
Albumin protein Aqueous salts Typical particles
Yeast cells
Carbon black
Paint pigment Bacteria
Sugar
Tobacco smoke
Synthetic dye Pesticide
A.C. fine test dust
Virus
Milled flour
Latex emulsion Colloidal silica
Blue indigo dye Asbestos fibers
Gelatin
Red blood cells
Coal dust
Ultrafiltration
Process for filtration
Nanofiltration
Many conventional designs are used in MF, including cartridge-flter housing, plate-andrame-type devices, capillary bundles, tubular membranes, spiral-wound modules and belt flters. Ceramic MF membranes are available as at sheet, single tubes, disc, and other orms, primarily or lab use. Finally, cassettes are two dierent cross-ow membrane devices.
Membrane materials
MF membranes have the largest pore openings o any other membrane. Typically, they can be classifed as having tortuous or capillary pores. From solids. When membranes are made by sintering or agglomeration o micr oparticles, pores are ormed by the interstices between solid particles. Common materials include: metal, metal oxide, graphite, ceramic and polymer. Ceramic. These membranes are typically created by the sol-gel process, which is the successive deposition o smaller ceramic precursor spheres, ollowed by fring to orm multitube monoliths. Track etched. A polymer flm is exposed to a collimated beam o radiation that breaks chemical bonds in the polymer chains. The flm is then etched in a bath that selectively attacks the damaged polymer, a technique that produces a flm with photogenic pores. Chemical phase inversion. A solution o a concentrated polymer in solvent is spread into a thin flm, then precipitated through the slow addition o a nonsolvent to produce tortuous pores. Thermal phase inversion. A solution o polymer in a poor solvent is prepared at an elevated temperature. Ater being ormed into its fnal shaped, the temperature is dropped and the polymer precipitates, and the solvent is washed out. Streched polymers. Semicrystalline polymers, which are stretched perpendicular to the axis
Optical microscope
ultrafiltration
UF membranes, with pore sizes ranging rom about 1 to 100 nm in diameter, employ pressure driving orces o 0.2–1.0 MPa. This technique drives liquid solvents and small solutes through the membrane, while retaining larger particles, like large dissolved molecules, colloids and suspended solids. Membrane materials
UF membranes are typically made o polymeric structures, such as polyethersulone, regenerated cellulose, polysulone, polyamide, polyacrylonitrile or various uropolymers. They are ormed by immersion casting on a web or as a composite on an MF membrane. Membrane selection is based on molecular-weight rating or high yields, chemical and mechanical robustness during product processing and Clean In Place, and process ux or sizing and costing. Membrane modules
Modules include cassettes, spirals, hollow fbers, tubes, at sheets, and inorganic monoliths. These primarily operate in TFF to increase ux by reducing plugging. For virus removal and water treatment, however, NFF operation is run with cartridge and hollow fber modules.
Microfiltration
Membrane materials
Cellulose polymers. These are ormed by immersion casting o 30–40% polymer lacquers, which can include cellulose acetate, triacetate and acetate-butyrate, on a web immersed in water. Thin flm composites. Formed by interacial polymerization, TFCs involve coating a microporous membrane substrate with an aqueous prepolymer solution, then immersing it in a water-immiscible solvent containing a reactant. Crosslinked polyetherurea. Some o these membranes eature NaCl retention and water permeability. Membrane modules
NF membrane modules are available in spiral, hollow fber, tubular, and plate-andrame ormats. Spirals are most common, as they have low eed-side pressure props, are less prone to clogging, are easily cleaned, are mechanically robust, and are most economical.
References
1.“Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook,” 8th ed. McGraw Hill, New York, 2008. 2.Seidel, A., ed. in chie, “Separation Technology,” second edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New Jersey, 2008.
Facts at your Fingertips sd b:
Contollng Cystal Gowth Department Editor: Rita L. D'Aquino he ormation o crystals requires the birth o new particles, also called nucleation, and the growth o these particles to the nal product size. The driving orce or both rates is the degree o supersaturation, or the numerical dierence between the concentration o solute in the supersaturated solution in which nucleation and growth occurs vs. concentration o solute in a solution that is theoretically in equilibrium with the crystals. In a batch crystallizer, the crystal size distribution (CSD) is controlled by rst seeding the initially supersaturated batch with a known number and size distribution o crystals, and then controlling the rate o evaporation or cooling ( i.e., rate o energy transer) so as to achieve a level o supersaturation that supports adequate crystal growth and an acceptable rate o nucleation. The relationship between supersaturation and growth is linear, but that between nucleation and growth is raised to a power that is usually greater than one, making it dicult to grow large crystals when nucleation is occurring. The ollowing procedure describes how to achieve the optimal growth rate: 1. Screen the seeds at the beginning o the experiment to determine the cumulative number o crystals that are greater than a given size N’ . Estimate N Li , the number o crystals o a given size (L av ) obtained rom the screening:
T
Li
=
∆W i
(1)
3
Lav k v ρ c The parameters are dened in the table o nomenclature. To convert rom µm to t, multiply by 3.28 x 10 –6. 2. Continue to measure the number and size o crystals as the cooling or evaporation program is in progress. Prepare an inverse cumulative plot o the number o cr ystals greater than a given size vs. size o the crystal (Figure 1). The crystal growth rate depends on the energy transer rate, so modiy the rate o energy transer until a desirable product is obtained. 3. Repeat the rst two steps at intervals throughout the batch cycle and plot the results as shown in Figure 1. The amily o curves resulting rom data plotted under the selected conditions indicates that the number o crystals is not increasing with time. Thus, no additional nucleation is occurring yet. 4. Proceed to collect crystal samples, anticipating the onset o nucleation. Figure 2 indicates that the number o crystals is signicantly increasing with time. In this gure, t 1 (not to be conused with t 1 in Figure
1) represents the start o this new set o batch dynamics. It is sae to assume that signicant nucleation is now occurring and that the rate o energy transer is too high. 5. By taking the slope o the curve representing the estimated number o nuclei present at the measured point in time (N t )i vs. time (t )i , one can determine the nucleation rate. Using your representation o Figure 3, create a dashed, horizontal line across the lower portion o the graph depicting the selected, cumulative number o crystals (N i’ ), and their sizes (L 1–L 4) over time (t 1–t 4). 6. For a selected cumulative number o crystals (N i ’ ), plot the crystal size ( L ) vs. time (t ), as demonstrated in Figure 3. The slopes represent the crystal growth rate ( G ). I the level o supersaturation changes during the run, the growth rate also changes. Non-parallel lines would indicate that the larger crystals are growing at a aster rate, due to a reduced diusional resistance [layer] at the crystal surace. With larger particles, the resistance layer may be smaller, allowing the solute to more readily reach the crystal surace and incorporate itsel into the lattice. These actors collectively contribute to the accelerated growth rate o the larger particles. Parallel lines indicate that the growth rate is not dependent on crystal size. 7. Increase the rate o cooling or evaporation until additional nucleation occurs, upon which you can saely assume that the growth rate is too high. 8. Develop a seeding and evaporation prole that will yield a growth rate that is lower than the value ound in Step 6. When determining the growth rate, keep in mind the dierence in mixing characteristics between a laboratory-scale vessel and a commercial conguration. A small tank generally oers a higher relative pumping capacity, shorter blend time, and higher average shear rates within a narrower range.
UsefUl observations • Most processors will agree that when it comes to crystals, the larger, the better. Large crystals are easier to handle in downstream operations, such as washing, centriugation and drying. • As previously mentioned, it is desirable or the seeds’ size distribution to refect a narrow cut o particles. In this cut, the weight o crystals with sizes ner than Ls should be minimal because these tiny particles add enormously to the number o crystals that
NomeNclature
Crystalsurfacearea,ft 2 Nucleationrate,(numberofnuclei)/ ft 3/s G Crystalgrowthrate,µm/s k v Crystal-volumeshapefactor, dimensionless L Crystalsize,µm L ’ Smallest-measurablesize,µm L av Sizeofcrystalfraction,µm L f Finalsizeofcrystal,µm L s Seedsize,µm N Numberofseeds N i’ Constant,cumulativenumber of crystals in crystallizer N Li Numberofcrystalsofagivensize,
A B °
L av
N ti S S * t, t i, t f ∆W i c
Numberofcrystalnucleiatanytime Rateofsupersaturation Maximumallowablesupersaturation,lb/ft 3solvent Time,h Weightofcrystalsonscreen Crystaldensity,lb/ft 3
compete or supersaturation and growth. • Studies show that milled seeds may not grow as well as unmilled seeds. Furthermore, not all crystals o a given size grow at the same constant rate. This is sometimes attributed to the dierences in the surace characteristics o particles that have equal dimensions. • Fines destruction in a batch system can greatly reduce the eects o secondary nucleation on the CSD, and signicantly increase crystal size while narrowing the CSD. • In practice, not all additional nucleation can be suppressed. Crystallizations carried out at low levels o supersaturation near the metastable zone (i.e., the conditions under which crystals grow, but do not typically nucleate) will display some secondary nucleation, due to crystal-crystal interactions and contact between the crystals and the impeller. Nevertheless, the mean crystal size, shape and distribution are dramatically improved when seeding is ollowed by a programmed rate o energy transer. Reerence: Genck, W., Better Growth in Batch Crystallizers, Chem. Eng. , Vol. 106, No. 8, pp. 90–95, Aug. 2000. E-mail:
[email protected]
4
3
3
2
2
1
2
3
4
1
1 2
3
Size, (m) = smallest measurable size FiGure 1.
s l 1 a t s y r c f o r n e a b h t m r u e n g r a l
1 4 1
2
3
1
= smallest measurable size
FiGure 2.
2
=
3
Time, (min) FiGure 3.
4
Crystallization Department Editor: Kate Torzewski
C
rystallization is a method o soliduid separation in which pure chemical crystals are ormed. Crystallization kinetics consists o three major phenomena: nucleation (the birth o a crystal), transer o the solute rom the supersaturated solution to the crystal surace, and a reaction during which the solute becomes incorporated into the crystal. supersaturation
In order to drive the process o crystal-
lization, the solution must be supersaturated with solute. The solubility o the solution, related to crystal size, is defned by the Kelvin equation:
supersaturated solution that is ree o oreign matter. First, molecules in the solution will associate into a microscopic cluster, which will either dissociate or continue to grow. When the cluster develops until it orms a lattice structure, it is then called an embryo. A stable crystalline nucleus is established when the crystal size exceeds D p given by the Kelvin equation or the solution’s specifc supersaturation ratio. Combining the Kelvin equation with laws o chemical kinetics gives the rate o homogeneous nucleation, which is described as ollows:
Secondary nucleation
Supersaturation can be quantifed by the ratio o the mass solute concentration in the bulk solution to the concentration in the solution at the point o saturation. Alternatively, it can be described by relative supersaturation, which is calculated by the ollowing equation:
Industrial crystallizers typically rely on secondary nucleation, which is caused by the presence o existing crystals in the supersaturated solution. This can occur by one o three mechanisms in which nuclei are removed rom a crystal surace, including the ollowing: —uid shear —collision o crystals with each other —collision o crystals with metal suraces
nucleation
Nucleation occurs at the point that a crystal begins to orm. The relative rates o nucleation and growth are critical to crystallization kinetics, as they determine both crystal size and size distribution. Nucleation is categorized as primary i the supersaturated solution is ree o crystals, or secondary i the solution already contains crystals. Primary nucleation requires a higher level o supersaturation and is the principal mechanism occurring in precipitation. Secondary nucleation occurs in commercial crystallizers, where crystalline suraces are present in order to produce large crystals. Primary nucleation
Primary nucleation, when occurring homogeneously, takes place in a
The phenomena o secondary nucleation is too complex to derive a simple kinetic theory, so an empirical powerlaw unction has been developed to describe this process, which is based on experimentally derived constants or a particular system:
crystal growth
Based on data proving that a solution in contact with a crystal is supersaturated, there is an accepted two-step theory o crystal growth, reerred to as the diusion-reaction theory. In the frst step, mass transer o solute rom the solution to the crystal-solution interace occurs. In the second step, the kinetic step, a frst-order reaction occurs at the surace o the crystal, during which solute molecules rom the solution become
Nomenclature
A Frequency factor A s Surface area of crystal B 0 Rate of homogeneous primary nucleation c Mass solute concentration in the bulk supersaturated solution c s Mass solute concentration in the solution at saturation c/c s Supersaturation ratio dm/dt Rate of mass deposited on the crystal surface D p Crystal diameter k c Mass transfer coefficient k i Kinetic coefficient k N, b, j, r Constants determined experimentally MT Mass of crystals per volume of magma N Agitation rate N a Avogadro’s number R Gas Constant s Relative supersaturation t Time T Temperature s,L Interfacial tension s Molar volume of crystals Number of ions/molecule of solute Solute diffusivity Solution density incorporated into the crystal-lattice structure. By combining these steps, the rate o mass transer in crystal growth is expressed as ollows:
Through a series o calculations, this expression can be used to defne the particle size o a crystal at any time, assuming that Dp0 << Dp:
References 1.Seader, J. D. and Henley, E. J., “Separation Process Principles,” 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New Jersey, 2006.
Hmdty Contol Department Editor: Kate Torzewski applications
Compressor
Dehumidifcation by cooling or dessication has a variety o applications, including:
Condenser
Preventing moisture regain . Nearly all materials have some afnity or moisture based on surace characteristics and the amount o surace exposed to humid air. Moisture regain occurs when moist particles stick together. Preventing condensation . Air holds water vapor in proportion to its temperature. Cold suraces o pipes, vessels, valves and heat exchangers condense moisture unless the air around them is dried to a dewpoint below the temperature o the cold surace. Preventing corrosion . The exposure o metal suraces to atmospheric corrosion can be reduced by surrounding the suraces with dry air. Dehumidifers also keep humidity low in process control rooms, preventing the corrosion o electrical contacts and sensitive electrical components. Drying heat-sensitive products . Typically, drying time is reduced by heating a product. I the product is susceptible to damage by heat, drying time can be reduced by using dehumidifed air, which reduces the vapor pressure o air above the wet surace. cooling
A common method or dehumidifcation is the use o air conditioning. Figure 1 shows a typical vapor-compression cooling-based dehumidifcation process. Air to be dried passes through a cooling coil, which lowers the temperature o the airstream below its dewpoint. As the air cools, it loses its capacity to hold water vapor. The water condenses on the cooling coil surace, and alls to the drain pan as liquid. The air is then drier in absolute terms, but it also has a relative humidity close to 100%. I low relative humidity is needed in addition to a lower absolute amount o moisture, the air can be heated ater it leaves the cooling coil. For industrial purposes, cooling-based dehumidifcation units are optimized or removing moisture rather than removing heat. These units provide deep cooling o small amounts o air rather than slight cooling o large amounts o air, condensing more moisture. Standard rerigeration equipment can produce dewpoints o +40°F (4°C) on a reliable basis. dessication
In a desiccant system, the process airstream passes through a desiccant medium. The desiccant adsorbs moisture directly rom the airstream. Desiccant dehumidifers can produce dewpoints below 0°F (–18°C)
Heater
Receiver Desiccant wheel
Cooling coil
Fan
Process air
Dry air
Heater Condensate pan Drive motor
160
100% relative humidity
b l / s n i a r g , y t i d i m u h c i f i c e p S
120
75%
50%
80
Enter 40 Leave
160
100% relative humidity
b l / s n i a r g , y t i d i m u h c i f i c e p S
120
75%
50% Enter
25% 40
25%
Leave 10
10
20
30 50 60 70 Air temperature, F
80
80
10
10
20
30 50 60 70 Air temperature, F
80
Figure 1. Air through a cooling dehumidifier
Figure 2. Air through a desiccant dehumidifier
— a fveold reduction in the air moisture beyond what can be achieved with a standard-grade air conditioning system.
both operating cost and initial equipment cost. Below 50°F, precautions need to be taken to avoid reezing the condensed water on the cooling coil. Consequently, desiccants are more economical than cooling-based systems at lower dewpoints.
This equipment uses dierences in vapor pressure to remove moisture rom air by chemical attraction. The surace o dry desiccant has a very low vapor pressure, compared with the much higher vapor pressure o humid air. Water vapor moves out o the humid air onto the desiccant surace to eliminate the vapor pressure dierence, as shown in Figure 2. Eventually, the desiccant surace collects enough water vapor to equal the vapor pressure o the humid air. Then the desiccant must be dried (reactivated) by applying heat beore it is recycled to remove more moisture rom the air stream. cooling vs. dessication
In most chemical process applications, both technologies work best together. Coolingbased dehumidifcation handles the moisture load occurring at high dewpoints, and desiccant-based dehumidifcation removes the moisture load at low dewpoints. The optimal mix o the two technologies depends on the characteristics o the application. Factors to consider include the ollowing: Dewpoint control level . When the required moisture-control level is relatively high (above a 50°F dewpoint), cooling-based dehumidifcation is economical in terms o
Relative humidity sensitivity . When a process needs a low moisture level in absolute terms, but can tolerate a high relative humidity, cooling-based dehumidifcation without desiccants is cost eective. By contrast, in processes that demand a low relative humidity in addition to a low dewpoint, desiccant systems are used or humidity control, with supplementary cooling systems to keep temperature within acceptable limits. When a product is sensitive to relative humidity but not to temperature, a desiccant dehumidifer is used without a cooling unit to maintain a constant relative humidity. Temperature tolerance . I the application can tolerate a wide temperature range, then dehumidifcation alone may sufce. In most cases, both temperature and moisture must be maintained within set limits, so both cooling and desiccant equipment are used in a combination to maintain control. References
1.Harriman, L., Don’t Sweat It, Dehumidiy, Chem. Eng., August 1997, pp. 80–87. 2.Soleyn, K., Humidity Control: Preventing Moisture Contamination, Chem. Eng., October 2003, pp. 50–51.
Department Editor: Rebekkah Marshall
Preventing Runaway Reactions
general considerations [ 1 ]
data collection
thermal stability criteria [1 , 4 ]
A process is considered to be thermally safe only if the reactions can easily be controlled, and if the raw material, the products, the intermediates and the reaction masses are thermally stable under the considered process conditions. Check into the process equipment, its design, its sequence of operation and the control strategies. In addition to the engineering aspects, get detailed information on thermodynamic and kinetic properties of the substances involved, such as the reaction rates or heat-release rates as a function of process conditions. Determine the physical and chemical properties, as well. Understanding of thermal-hazard potential requires knowledge of various skills and disciplines [3]. These include: Operating mode: The mode of operation is an important factor. For instance, a batch reaction, where all the reactants are charged initially, is more difficult to control than a semi-batch operation in which one of the reactants is charged progressively as the reaction proceeds (for more, see Design Options). Engineering: Design and layout of the plant and equipment and its built-in controls impact the entire process. The capacity of the heating or cooling system is important in this context. Process engineering is used to understand the control of the chemical processes on a plant scale. It determines which equipment should be used and how the chemical processes should be performed. In addition, take into account technical failure of equipment, human errors (deviations from operating instructions), unclear operating instructions, interruption of energy supply, and external influences, such as frost or rain (for more, see Design Options). Chemistry: The nature of the process and the behavior of products must be known, not only under reaction conditions, but also in case of unexpected deviations (for example, side reactions, instability of intermediates). Chemistry is used to gain information regarding the reaction pathways that the materials in question follow. Physical chemistry and reaction kinetics: The thermophysical properties of the reaction masses and the kinetics of the chemical reaction are of primary importance. Physical chemistry is used to describe the reaction pathways quantitatively.
The following data are especially relevant in avoiding runaway reactions: As a guideline, three levels are sufficient • Physical and chemical properties, ig- to characterize the severity and probnition and burning behavior, electro- ability of a runaway reaction, as shown static properties, explosion behavior in the Table. and properties, and drying, milling, Defining high, meDium and toxicological properties anD low risk [1] • Interactions among the chemicals Severity Probability • Interactions between the chemicals High ΔT TMR ad < 8 h ad > 200K and the materials of construction Medium 50K < ΔT ad < 200K 8 h < TMR ad < 24 h • Thermal data for reactions and deLow T < 50K and Δ ad TMR ad > 24 h composition reactions the boiling point • Cooling-failure scenarios cannot be surpassed
design options [2 ]
a u
If a reaction is has the potential for runaway, the following design changes should be considered: • Batch to continuous. Batch reactors require a larger inventory of reactants than continuous reactors do, so the potential for runaway in continuous systems is less by comparison • Batch to semi-batch. In a semi-batch reaction, one or more of the reactants is added over a period of time. Therefore, in the event of a temperature or pressure excursion, the feed can be switched off, thereby minimizing the chemical energy stored up for a subsequent exothermic release • Continuous, well-mixed reactors to plug flow designs. Plug-flow reactors require comparatively smaller volumes and therefore smaller (less dangerous) inventories for the same conversion • Reduction of reaction inventory via increased temperature or pressure, changing catalyst or better mix- ing. A very small reactor operating at a high temperature and pressure may be inherently safer than one operating as less extreme conditions because it contains a much lower in ventory [3 ]. Note that while extreme conditions often result in improved reaction rates, they also present their own safety challenges. Meanwhile, a compromise solution employing moderate pressure and temperature and medium inventory may combine the worst features of the extremes [ 3 ]. • Less-hazardous solvent • Externally heated or cooled to inter- nally heated or cooled
The adiabatic temperature rise is calculated by dividing the energy of reaction by the specific heat capacity as shown in Equation (1). (1) ΔT ad = 1,000Q r/ C p where: ΔT ad = adiabatic temperature rise, K Q r = energy of reaction, kJ/kg C p = heat capacity, J/(kg)(K)
t xu (tmr) TMR ad (the time to maximum rate, adiabatic) is a semiquantitative indicator of the probability of a runaway reaction. Equation (2), defining TMR ad in hours, is derived for zero-order reaction kinetics: TMR ad = C pRT o2 /3,600qo E a (2) where: R = gas constant, 8.314 J/molK T o = absolute initial temperature, K qo = specific heat output at To, W/kg E a = activation energy, J/mol
The TMR value provides operating personnel with a measure of response time. Knowledge of the TMR allows decisions to be based on an understanding of the time-frame available for corrective measures in case heat transfer is lost during processing. References
1. Venugopal, Bob, Avoiding Runaway Reactions, Chem. Eng., June 2002, pp. 54–58. 2. Smith, Robin, ”Chemical Process Design,” McGraw-Hill, New York, 1995. 3. Kletz, T. A., “Cheaper, Safer Plants,” IChemE Hazard Workshop, 2d., IChemE, Rugby, U.K., 1984. 4. Gygax, R., Reaction Engineering Safety, Chem. Eng. Sci., 43, 8, pp. 1759–71, August 1998.
Sedimentation Centrifuging Department Editor: Kate Torzewski entriugation is the method o choice in the chemical process industries (CPI) or separating solids rom liquids. It relies on the G-orces generated by highspeed rotation to recover solids or liquids rom slurries, as well as clariy liquids or classiy solids. Centriuges can be categorized as either sedimentation or ltration units. Sedimentation centriugation relies on a dierence in density between the solid and liquid being separated. Filtering is perormed with a rotating basket tted with a lter medium, where the centriugal orce o rotation expels the liquid through the lter.
C
basics of sedimentation centrifuging The mechanics o sedimentation centriuging make it ideal or two-phase systems with a high-density dierential. As an incoming slurry spins in a sedimentation centriuge, it orms an annulus adjacent to the bowl wall. The centriugal orce causes the denser material to move outwardly toward the wall o the centriuge bowl, while the liquid overfows rom the bowl or is
picked up by a skimmer. Periodically, the solid must be removed rom the centriuge manually or with a cutter knie. Alternatively, it can be removed continuously with a screw conveyor. Sedimentation centriugation allows material to be separated hundreds or thousands o times aster t han simple sedimentation by gravity alone.
stoKes' law According to Stokes’ Law, the terminal velocity o a particle is determined by the centriugal gravity (Ω2r ) created by the centriuge with particle-balancing buoyancy and viscous drag taken into account. This terminal (settling) velocity is determined by the equation below: 1 2 2 Vs r ( s L ) d 18 where V s = Settling velocity, m/s μ = viscosity, kg/m·s Ω = angular speed o rotation, rev/min ρs = density o solid, kg/m 3 ρL = density o liquid, kg/m 3 d = particle diameter, m r = centriuge radius o curvature, m
Stokes’ Law tells us that settling velocity can be maximized with a high centriugal speed, large particle size, large density dierence between solids and liquid, large separation radius and low liquid viscosity.
applications Centriuge selection is heavily dependent on characteristics o the incoming slurry, including particle size, solids concentration, liquid viscosity and density dierential. Other actors that come into play are the need to remove solids periodically or continuously and the degree o purity required o the separated products. Table 1 summarizes the mechanics and suitable applications o common sedimentation centriuges. References
1.Scroder, T. Selecting The Right Centriuge, Chem. Eng. September 1998, pp. 82–88. 2.Moir, D. N. Sedimentation Centriuges: Know What You Need, Chem. Eng. March 1988, pp. 42–51. 3.Bershad, B. C., Chaotte, R. M., Leung, W. F. Making Centriugation Work For You, Chem. Eng. August 1990, pp. 84–89. 4.“Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook,” 8th ed. New York: McGraw Hill, 2008.
TABLE 1. types of sedimentation centrifuges
t
mh
B
Tubular Bowl
• A vertical cylinder with the feed • The heavier phase becomes concen• Purification of lubricating slurry introduced in the bottom of trated against the wall, whi le the lighter and industrial oils the bowl phase floats on top • Food, biochemical and • The use of a distributor and baffle • The two phases are separated by a baffle pharmaceutical applications assembly accelerates the slurry to • Liquid discharges over the top of the bowl, • Solids should be less than 1% the speed of rotation while solid buildup is removed manually in volume of the slurry
Multichamber
• Constructed of a series of tubular sections arranged concentrically • The slurry feed enters in the smallest tube and continues through the outer tubes as they increase in size
• Larger solid particles settle in the small tubes, and particles of smaller sizes settle in subsequent tubes • Up to six chambers are typical with a maximum holding capacity of 0.064 m3
Skimmer • Feed enters the hub end and • When a thick solid layer begins to form pipe / is accelerated to speed before on the bowl wall, supernatent liquid is knife entering the separation pool removed with a skimmer, and solids are discharge • Solids settle on the bowl wall while knifed out with centrifugal filters liquid overflows the ring weir
• Clarifying fruit juices, wort and beer
• Heavy-duty applications, such as coal dewatering
Disc
• Feed enters through the top axis • Solids settle under the disc and move • Self-cleaning types: of the bowl and is accelerated by downward to be released at the bottom of purification of beverages, a radial-vane assembly the bowl wall mineral oils, and edible oils • The unit is constructed of a stack • Liquids travel up the conical channel, • Disc nozzle: corn wet of typically 50 to 150 closely and their upward movement in the milling (starch separation, spaced conical discs arranged at centrifuge is facilitated by holes across gluten thickening), clay an angle between 40 and 50 deg each disc classification, acid crystal washing, lube oil dewaxing
Decanter
• Constructed of a solid external bowl and an internal screw conveyor mounted horizontally
Screenbowl
• Solids are removed from the conical • Applications that require discharge end (the beach) continuous removal of solids, where feed solids are high • Bowl and conveyor rotate in the same and volume reduction is direction, but at different speeds, creating important a speed differential that controls the speed of solid removal • A solid bowl decanter with a cylindrical screen added to the conical end • Improved cake dryness and highest product purity
Sovnt Sction Mthodoogy Department Editor: Rita L. D'Aquino A STEPWISE ProcEdurE
Table 1. Some well-known databases and solvent selection tools
Organic solvents have been used in many industries or centuries, but the methods and tools to select optimal solvents while minimizing their adverse environmental, health, saety and operational concerns are still evolving. The appropriate selection o solvents depends to a large extent on the application — more specifcally on what needs to be dissolved, and under what conditions. This article presents a our-step approach to solvent selection based upon Re. 1*, where the reader will fnd a list o additional resources on this topic. Identify the challenge and solvent characteristics.
Databases ChemFinder Solvents Databases
NIST Webbook DIPPR and TAPP CAPEC Database Selection Tools
The frst two steps are: 1) identiying the actual problem and technology or unit operation required to solve it; and 2) defning the requirements that must be met by the solvent, using criteria related to its physical and chemical properties ( e.g., pure-solvent properties, such as normal boiling point, the Hildebrand solubility parameter at 300 K, the Hansen solubility parameters; solventsolute properties, such as the solubility o the solute as a unction o the composition o the mixture; and unctional constraints, such as solute loss in solute). Obtain reliable values of solvent properties and narrow down selection. There are several alternatives or this
third step. For example, one can measure the required properties, use a database o properties o chemicals (or solvents), or, use property models to estimate them. For solvent-selection problems not involving chemical reactions, the pattern o the desired solvent is established through analysis o the solute, application type, and other constraints. Once this is established, a database o known solvents can be used to identiy the solvents that match the necessary pattern (Table 1). On the other hand, when chemical reactions are involved, the approach is based on transition-state theory and requires consideration o the solvation energies o the reactants, products and transition states, and thus, knowledge o the reaction mechanism. When the crucial values have been ound, the solvent search could be such that frst, solvent-pure properties are used, ollowed by solvent-EHS, then solvent-solute, and fnally solvent-unction. Narrow down the list by removing the compounds that do not match desired properties. A protocol derived by Britest Ltd. (www.britest.co.uk) seeks to use mechanistic principles to guide solvent selection (Figure). The objective is to ollow the arrows according to the problem defnition and a search criterion until an end-point is reached, thereby obtaining the characteristics o the candidate solvents. These characteristics are used to identiy the group to which the solvents belong using solvents database (see Table 2). The corresponding group-types are evaluated and a fnal selection is made.
SMSwin
Address and comments Searchable data and hyperlink index: http://chemfnder.cambridgesot.com Solvent substitution data systems at http://es.epa.gov/ssds/ssds.html; “Handbook o Solvents” rom www.chemtec.org/cd/ct_23.html; and SOLVDB at http://solvdb.ncms.org/index.html Source o physical and chemical data at http://webbook.nist.gov www.aiche.org/TechnicalSocieties/DIPPR/About/Mission.aspx; and www.chempute.com/tapp.htm Pure as well as mixture properties data, including solvent-solute database: www.capec.kt.dtu.dk/Sotware/ICAS-and-its-Tools Address and comments
A specialized sotware or property estimation and solvent classifcation: www.capec.kt.dtu.dk/documents/sotware/SMSWIN.htm Activity coefcient method based on segment contributions. Predictive based on a small set o solubility data. Useul or crystallization solvent selection and extends to LLE and VLE: www.aspentech.com
NRTL-SAC and eNRTL-SAC
Table 2. Well-known solvents together with their related properties
Solvent Name
Molecule type
Group type Charge
1-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone Acetonitrile Dimethyl sulphoxide Dimethyl ormamide Dimethylacetamide Diisopropyl ether Dimethyl ether Methyl tertbutyl ether Tetrahydrouran Chlorobenzene m-xylene (also o -; p -) Toluene Acetic acid Propionic acid Suluric acid
Amide Nitrile S-oxide Amide Amide Ether Ether Ether Ether Chloride Aromatic HC Aromatic HC Acid Acid Acid
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
Propanol Ethanol Butanol Ethylene glycol Dichloromethane Heptane Hexane Pentane Methanol Water
Alcohol Alcohol Alcohol Alcohol Chloride Alkane Alkane Alkane Alcohol Aqueous
5 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 4, 5 4, 5
Verify selection. The ourth step is to veriy that the solvent
works as expected by perorming a computational validation by simulation. Experimental validation o a solvent candidate is required at all stages o process development.
NE/EPD E/NPG E/NPG NE/NPG NE/NPG NE/EPD NE/EPD NE/EPD NE/EPD NE/P NE/P NE/P PG E/PG E/PG
NBP (K) 475.15 354.75 462.15 426.15 438.15 341.65 248.35 328.35 338.15 632.35 412.27 383.95 391.05 414.25 610
NMP (K) 249.15 229.35 291.65 212.75 253.15 181.35 131.65 164.55 164.85 404.9 225.3 178.25 289.81 252.45 283.46
23.16 24.05 26.75 23.95 22.35 14.45 15.12 15.07 18.97 19.35 18.05 18.32 19.01 19.41 28.41
E/N E/N E/N E/N NE/EPD NE/I NE/I NE/I E/N E/N
370.35 351.35 390.81 470.45 313.15 371.65 341.85 309.22 337.85 373.15
147.05 159.05 183.85 260.15 178.05 182.55 177.85 143.42 175.47 273.15
24.45 26.13 23.35 33.7 20.37 15.2 14.9 14.4 29.59 47.81
ordered
Sol. Par.
NE = non-electrolytic solvent; E = electrolytic solvent; P = polarizable; EPD = electron-pair donor; I = inert; PG = protogenic (proton donor); N= neutral (donor & acceptor); NPG = non-protogenic (proton acceptor); NBP = normal boiling point; NMP = normal melting point; Sol. Par. = Hildebrand solubility parameter at 300 K (MPa 1/2)
Stability, solubility of reactants, products Two-phase or liquid-liquid (polar phase is water)
Single phase or solid-liquid Homogeous catalysis by Pt group complexes Moderate polarity
SN1/E1
Condensation
Aromatic hydrocarbon (xylene)
Group 2
Fast, low temp, but recovery difficult
Slow, hightemperature, easy recovery
Group 3
Group 1
Group 3
DPA ethers, aromatics Group 1
SN2/E2
High polarity Dipolar aprotic
Water, immiscible solvent
Substrate/product hydroxyl sensitive Yes
Water, carboxylic acids, inorganic acids, lower alcohols Group 4
Consider solvation
Dipolar aprotic ethers Group 1 Group 2
No
Choose ‘polarity’ based on substrate and reagent solubility. May need phase-transfer catalyst Group 3
Water, alcohols Group 5
Group 6 Group 7
*Reference: 1. Gani, R., et al., A Modern Approach to Solvent Selection, Chem. Eng., Vol. 113, No. 3, pp. 30–43, Mar. 2006. Author E-mail:
[email protected]
Avoiding Seal Failure Department Editor: Kate Torzewski
S
eals are assemblies o elements that prevent the passage o a solid, liquid, gas or vapor rom one system to another. When a seal allows leakage o material, ailure has occurred. This guide provides an overview o common seal types and a discussion o seal ailure to aid in choosing the most eective seal and avoiding uture ailure.
seal types Seals types can be classied within two broad categories: static and dynamic. Static seals have no relative motion between mating suraces, while dynamic seals do have relative motion between a moving surace and a stationary surace. Seals do not have to t into one category or the other; rather, seal types can all anywhere on a spectrum between static and dynamic, and ew seals are strictly one type or the other. Table 1 describes the applications and requirements o several common seal types.
seal failure Seal ailure is caused by a wide variety o circumstances, including improper installation and environmental actors such as temperature, pressure, fuid incompatibilities, time and human actors. Most causes o ailure can be described as mechanical diculties or system operations problems. Examples o mechanical diculties include strain on the seal ace caused by improper installation and vibration caused by improper net positive suction head. Meanwhile, system operating problems can include conditions that are outside o a pump’s best perormance envelope, such as upsets, dry running, and pressure or temperature fuctuations. Changes in the fuid being processed can cause problems as well, especially with fuids that fash or carbonize. Common visual indicators o ailure include short cuts, V-shaped notches in the seal, skinned surace in localized areas, or thin, peeled-away area on the seal. Table 2 describes causes o some o the most prevalent types o seal ailure with recommended methods o action. In some cases, the cause o ailure may be dicult to determine due to the complexity o the seal construction. These unique ailure modes can result in faking or peeling o the seal ace, corrosion, faking or pitting o the carbon aces, degradation o the elastomer energizer seals, and spring or bellows breakage. It is likely that these rapid degradations are a result o contamination, which can be avoided with careul installation or using pre-assembled, cartridge-type mechanical seals.
TABLE 1. COMPARISON OF COMMON SEAL TYPES Type
Applications
O-ring T-seal U-packing V-packing Cup-type packing Flat gasket Compression or jam packing
References
Static
Dynamic
Periodic Adjustment Required?
Moving friction
Tolerances Gland Space required (mov- adapters requireing seals) required? ments
X X — — —
X X X X X
No No No Yes No
Medium Medium Low Medium Medium
Close Fairly close Close Fairly close Close
No No No Yes Yes
Small Small Small Small Medium
X X
— X
Yes Yes
— High
— Fairly close
No Yes
Large Large
1.
Ashby, D. M. Diagnosing Common Causes o Sealing Failure, Chem. Eng. June 2005, pp. 41–45.
2.
Netzel, J., Volden, D., Crane, J. Suitable Seals Lower the Cost o Ownership, Chem. Eng. December 1998, pp. 92–96.
TABLE 2. SOLUTIONS TO COMMON CAUSES OF SEAL FAILURE Failure type Definition
Causes
Solutions
Compression A lost o resiliency caused by the set ailure o a seal to rebound ater it has been deormed or some period o time. The seal will exhibit a attened surace corresponding to the contours o the mating hardware Nibbling and A seal starts to appear to be torn extrusion away in little pieces until it loses its overall shape and ows into whatever void area is available
Exposure to excessive temperature or incompatible uids Excessive deormation o the elastomer at installation An incompletely vulcanized seal
Choose proper deection or the seal Choose appropriate elastomer material or the application in terms o thermal stability and compression set resistance
Spiral ailure
Explosive decompression Wear
Excessive clearance gaps Improper seal material Excessive volume-to-void ratio Inconsistent clearance gaps
Increase bulk hardness o the sealing element Decrease clearance gaps Redesign volume-to-void ratio Add anti-extrusion devices A seal rolls within its gland, resulting Applications where a seal is Use an elastomer with a higher bulk in cuts or marks that spiral around the used in a slow, reciprocating hardness circumerence o the seal ashion For male-type installation, increase the Irregular surace over the mating installed stretch on the seal parts causing the seal to grip to Speciy a smoother, more uniorm fncertain contact points ish on mating hardware Change the type o seal to a lip-type confguration Seal exhibits blisters, fssure, pock Gas entrapment within the Use an elastomer material that is more marks or pits, both externally and elastomer during high-presresilient to explosive decompression internally sure cycling, ollowed by rapid Use polymeric or metal seals i depressurization 0possible Smooth burnishing o a sealing Relative motion o the seal Use a harder material surace against the mating surace Use a polymeric solution
Flow Profile for Reciprocating Pumps
Department Editor: Scott Jenkins eciprocating pumps are often used in the chemical process industries (CPI) because of their ability to generate high pressures at low velocities. A subcategory of positive-displacement pumps, reciprocating pumps act through the recipricating motion of a piston, plunger or diaphragm. Such pumps work by way of a connecting-rodand-crank mechanism with a piston. By nature, reciprocating pumps generate pulsing flow, which, when plotted as a function of time, or of crank angle, produces a curve that resembles a sine wave to a first approximation. For example, manufacturers of pulsation dampeners and surge suppressors often use sinusoidal curves for piston pumps and compressors in their product literature and sizing formulas. However, a closer examination of the flow profile for a piston-and-crank pump or compressor reveals the curve to be a significantly distorted sine wave because of the interaction between the crank and the connecting rod.
R
Calculating fowrate
In graphical form, the crank and crankshaft of a reciprocating pump can be visualized by placing the crankshaft center at the 90-deg mark of a 180-deg x -axis, and placing the crank bearing at the origin (see figure). A connecting rod links the crank to the piston. Determining the position of the piston at any crank angle can be accomplished by measuring on a piston pump, compressor, or piston engine, or it can be calculated using trigonometric relationships. The degree to which the actual flow profile curve deviates from the sinusoidal curve is determined by the ratio of the connecting rod length to the crankshaft length. Smaller values of the ratio translate into greater levels of distortion. As the connecting rod becomes very long, the flow profile would approach the sine curve To calculate the flowrate at a given crank angle, use the following procedure and definitions: Crank length = OC Piston rod length = CP For any angle a, Line AC = OC sin (a) Line SA = OC – OC cos (a) Line AP = (CP 2 – AC 2)0.5 Line SP = AP + SA .
1. Calculate the piston positi on for two crank angles, perhaps 2 deg apart. 2. The difference in piston positions equals piston displacement over the time interval between the two crank angles. The value is an average over the span of the two readings, not an instantaneous reading. As the step size approaches zero, displacement nears the t rue velocity. 3. This value can be converted into flowrates (gal/min or other units) if the piston diameter and speed (revolutions per minute, rpm) are known.
90 deg
Crank C
Connecting rod
0 deg
P
Piston
Cylinder
a
S
180 deg A O Piston velocity versus crank angle
0.7000 0 10.6000 X g e0.5000 d / . n i , 0.4000 y t i c o0.3000 l e v n0.2000 o t s i P0.1000
0.0000 0.00
Crank length = 2 Connecting rod length = 2.05 (blue line) 4 (red line) 10 (green line)
20.00
40.00
60.00
80.00
100.00 120.00 140.00 160.00 180.00 200.00
Crank angle (rotation), deg Observations o the plot
In an illustrative example, plots of piston velocity versus crank angle are shown (see graph). The ratios of the connecting rod length to crank shaft length are 1.05 to 1 (blue line), 2 to 1 (red line) and 5 to 1 (green line). The following observations can be made: 1. At the beginning of the discharge stroke, flowrate approaches zero asympotically, rather than as a sinusoidal curve 2. Peak flowrates do not occur at the 90-deg point, but rather at 95–120 deg, depending on the ratio of rod length to crank length 3. Peak flowrates are higher than would be predicted with a pure sine curve 4. From 180 to 360 deg (the sucti on portion of the pump cycle), the curve mirrors the 0-to-180-deg portion 5. Flowrates during the suct ion portion of the curve are also higher and occur earlier than the 270-deg point Eects o distorted sine curve
Within the areas of fluid flow and mechanical pump design, there are a number of aspects that are affected by the deviation of flow profile from a perfect sine curve for pumps and compressors. The effects include the following: higher-than-predicted peak flowrates
and pressure drop will be higher, by the square of flowrate will affect net positive suction head (NPSH) and possibly induce vaporization be lower than what would be allowed by the pure (non-distorted) sinusoidal curve increase somewhat, especially in highspeed compressors be affected peak of a bell curve, rather than a smoother sine curve would have less “smoothing” effect than would be predicted because the bellshaped curve has a sharper peak Reerences 2. Henshaw, T.E., “Reciprocating Pumps,” Van 3. Krugler, A., Piston Pumps and Compressors: Exploring the Flow Profile, Self-published, 2010. Note
Fingertips” was contributed by Arthur Krugler, Calif. (www.kruglerengineeringgroup.com).
»¼·«-«®»³»²¬ ¹؟»س ¬½»³»²؟´±® ®»°؛ ´؟»-¬؛؟¸ح ¸¬° ¼»°؟ج »½»²¬»® ´·² ¼«¬±® - ؛¬± ¬±° ± ¸¬´»²¹ ®·²¹؟»¾ ¸¬» ´»²¹ھ»»´ح ®±³ ³±«²¬·²¹؛ »½؟؛®«-
»²µ·²-ض ¬¬½±ح و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟»°ـ
»´¾؟´·؟ھ؟ »½؟´ -°؟·¼؟خ ¬؛؟¸®±«²¼ -؟ ®·²¹؟»ق ®»¬»³؟·¼
ٌ ٍ؟·¼ »ھ»»´¬-؛؟¸ح ´»»--ت ٍـٍ×
»½»-خ¸¬¼»° ÷§²؟ ؛ّ·
ٌ ¼«¬±´¬-ق »´½®·½
»½»-خ®»¬»³؟·¼ ÷§²؟ ؛ّ·
¸¬¬ ´»²¹؛؟¸ح ®±³ ³±«²¬·²¹؛ »½؟؛®«-
®·²¹؟»ق ؛´»¸- ¬؛؟¸¬± - ®»¬®·²¹ ½»²؟»ق »¸»·¹¸¬ ´·²
²½» ¬±؟¬·-ـ ®±³؛ ®·²¹؟»¾ »½؟؛®«³±«²¬·²¹ -
ٌ ¼«¬±´¬-ق ¬¬»®²؟°
´؟½·´ ®±´» ·² ¬¸» ½¸»³؟¬±ھ· °؟ §؟´´- °؟»´ -؟½·²؟¸½» ف ّ°®±½»-- ·²¼«-¬®·»- »½؟؛®»¬´·²¹ ·²؟»- ¬¸» -ك ×ٍ÷ذ »¸¬ ¼²؟ ¬¬·²¹ °®±½»-- »¯«·°³»²؟¬¾»¬©»»² ®± ¬»²ھ»®·½»- °ھ»¼ »·²»¼ ·²-·¼»ô ¬¸»-؟¬´- ½±²؟·®»¬؟³ » »³·--·±²-ô ©¸·´» °»®َھ·¬·«¹؛ ¼²؟ »¹؟µ؟»´ ¬½«¼°®± ®²¼ ½±³°®»--±؟ ½¸·²»-ô °«³°-؟³·¬¬·²¹ °®±½»-- ³½««³-ô؟ھ -·²¹ °®»--«®»-ô؟»®½»®َ· ²ھ» ¬؟ »¬؟®»¬± ±° ½·-؟¾ ¬»² ¬¸» ³±-ھغ ²¼ -°»»¼-ٍ؟ ¬«®»-؟®»¬»³° --»³¾´§ٍ؟ ¨»´ ½±³°؟ ´ ·-؟»´ -؟½·²؟¸½»³ ®±؛ §®»½¸·²؟ ¬¸» ³؛-«®»³»²¬ ±؟»±®®»½¬ ³ف ¼»¬؟·½»®°°؟®»¼² «²؟ »¾ ²؟½ ´-؟»½»³»²¬ -؟´®»° ²²·²¹ٍ؟´²½» °؟·²¬»²؟ ³؛-°»½¬ ±؟ ¼²؟ -·½ °®±½»¼«®»-؟¾ »±´´±©·²¹ -¬»°- ±«¬´·²؛ »¸ج ®±؛ §®»½¸·²؟-«®·²¹ ³؟»»¼ ·² ³ھ´±ھ¬·±²- ·²؟®»¼·½±²- ´-ٍ؟»½»³»²¬ -؟´®»°
س
جزغسغفكشذغخ شكغح جعكطح خرع ظز×خثحكغس فقس
®»¬»³؟·¼ ¬؛؟¸ح ¬»° ٍïح
فقس
ً¼»¹ي ٌ½±-م فقس ّ ÷ Hُ î م فقس § ؛·® » ت
م فقس ّ ÷ Hُ î م فقس § ؛·® » ت
فقس فقس î
ي
ï
ى
´´·© ´؟»½»³»²¬ -؟´³»¬»®ّ ( ÷ ©¸»®» ¬¸» ®»°؟·¼ ¬؛؟¸-«®» ¬¸» -؟»س ؛-«®»³»²¬ ±؟» ³؟ »µ؟¬ §´´؟«¬½؟ ²¬ ¬±؟¬®- ·³°±ژ¬× ´´»¼ٍ؟¬¾» ·²- »¸¬ ®±³؛ ² ®»´§·²¹ ±² ¼·³»²-·±²-؟¸¬ ®»¸¬؟® »ôھ»»´²¼ -؟ ¬؛؟¸¬¸» - - ¾´«»°®·²¬-ٍژ§®»½¸·²؟³ ´±²¹؟ »®»²¬ °±·²¬-؛؛·¼ ¬؟ §´¬¸®§ -´·¹؟ھ ²؟½ ®»¬»³؟·¼ ¬؛؟¸¸» -ج »¾ ´´·© ´؟»-«®»³»²¬ ©¸»®» ¬¸» -؟»µ» ¬¸» ³؟¬ ·¬- ´»²¹¬¸ô -± ¬-؟»´ ¬؟ ®´ô ±؟»·²¹ ¬¸» »¨·-¬·²¹ -ھ² ®»³±؟»§ ³؟¸·- ³ج °±-·¬·±²»¼ٍ §ٍ؟© »¸¬ ؛-´·¼·²¹ ·¬ ±«¬ ± »¹؟®»ھ؟ ²؟ ·²؟¬¾®»¬¬»¼ô -± ±؛ ®§ ¾» ©±®² ±؟¬ ³؛؟¸¸» -ج µ·²¹؟¬ §¾ ¼»¸½½±³°´·-؟ »¾ ²؟½ ¸·-ج ٍ¬؛؟¸ ¬¸» -؛-«®»³»²¬ ±؟»³ ¹َ؟®»ھ؟ ´·°»®ô ¬¸»²؟½ ® ³·½®±³»¬»® ±؟ ¸¬·© -«®»³»²¬-؟»´ ³؟®»ھ»- ؛-«®»³»²¬ ±؟»¹» ³؟®»ھ؟ ²؟ ¬»§ ¬± ¹؟© »¬؟´¬»®²؟ ²ك ·²¹ ¬¸»³ٍ »®؟ »¸»-ج -«®»ٍ؟»°» ³؟¬ ¼·²¹؟» ³»¬»®َ®؟·¼ ؟ »¬ ·- ¬± «-؛؟¸¬¸» - َ؟»´´±©- §±« ¬± ³؟ ¸½·¸© ´»ô؟½»®²·»® -ھ ؟ ¸¬·© °»-؟¬ °®»½·-·±² ³»¬»®- ¬± ©·¬¸·²ًًٍï؟·¼ ¬؛؟¸-«®» - ·²ٍ »¸¬ ؛-«®»³»²¬ °±--·¾´» ±؟»µ·²¹ ¬¸» ³±-¬ °®»½·-» ³؟¬ ®»¬؛ك °¸±¬±َ؟ »µ؟¬ «´ ¬±؛»§ ¾» «-؟²§ô ·¬ ³؟ ؛· »ôھ»»´²¼ ¬¸» -؟ ¬؛؟¸- ²؟½ ®»·´´ -«°°؟»±«® -ا ®»¬¬»¼ ±® ©±®²ٍ؛ ·¬ ·-؛· ¬؛؟¸ ¬¸» -؛°¸ ±؟®¹ ¬·±²ٍ؟±®³؛±® ³±®» ·²؛ »½®« ®»-±؟ »¾ »½²؟®؟»´½ ´؟·¼؟خ ¬»° îٍح
ّ ÷ îم ف قس ّ ÷ Hُ î م فقس § ؛·® » ت
î ُ î م فقس ى م ي م îم ّï؛· وفقس §؛·®»ت ÷ Hُ î م فقس ¬¸»²
فقس
»½؟؛®«±«²¬·²¹ -س ¬»° ëٍح
´؟»½» ±² ©¸·½¸ ¬¸» -؟؛®«¸»½µ ¬¸» -ف َ
ّ
÷ -·² êéٍë ¼»¹ ë ¼»¹ىّ -·² ÷ Hُ î م فقس § ؛·® » ت
îم فقس
»·¹¸¬»¼¹؟®¬ -؟ »-ث ل¬؛؟¸® ¬± ¬¸» -؟´« ·¸¬ §؛·®»ھ ®» ¬±؟«¯- -ژ¬½¸·²·-؟ ³؟ ¼²؟¬²؟¬®¬·±²ô ©¸·½¸ ©·´´ ¾» ·³°±؟±®³؛·² ٍ´؟» ²»© -؟ ©¸»² ³±«²¬·²¹ ؟ -؟¸ ¬¬ -±³» »¯«·°³»²؟¸¬ »¬±ز ¬؛؟¸®±«²¼ ¬¸» -؟ ½¸·²»¼ ®»½»--؟³ · ´؟» ¾±-- ±² ¬¸» -؟ »®»¸© ½«¬±«¬ô»®«-؟» ®»½»--ô ³؟ ¸½« ¬¸»®» ·- -؛× ²¼ ¬¸» ¼»°¬¸ٍ؟ ®»¬»³؟·¼ »¸¬ ¸¬¾± حجزغسغظـغشةرزصفك
َ®؟»ق ¨»¼±±ة §¾ ¼»¼·ھ- °®±؟© ·²¹»®¬·°-ع ®«±ا ¬؟ ½¬-؟ع -ژ¸¬±® ¬¸·- ³±²؛ ´؟·®»¬؟س ظ ±ٍّف ·²¹ §»®µ؟¬ح ®»¹؟²؟´ ³؟®»ٍ´½±³÷ ¹»²؟» ©©©ٍ³»½±-ه»·²؟س »±®¹»¬±©²ô ·²¹ٍص ¬¬؟س ®»´ ¼»-·¹²؟»²¼ -؟ ¹´»ô؟¬»«»®²ح
¼®±«²؟ »½²؟®؟»´½ ´؟·¼؟® »¸¬ »®«-؟»-«®»ô ³؟»°» ³؟¬ ® ®«´» ±؟ -·²¹ث ²؟¸¬ »® ³±؛× ´ ±¾-¬®«½¬·±²ٍ؟·¼؟® ¬®»-؟»§ ¬¸» ²؛·¬²¼ ·¼»²؟ ¬؛؟¸¬¸» - -µ»¬½¸ٍ؟ ´´ ±²؟ ®µ؟²¼ ³؟ »®«-؟»±²» ±¾-¬®«½¬·±² »¨·-¬-ô ³ »½²؟®؟»´½ ´؟·¨ك ٍي ¬»°ح
®®·²¹ ±؟»¾ »¸¬ ´ ³±«²¬·²¹ °±·²¬ ¬±؟»®±³ ¬¸» -؛ »½²؟¬´´§ ¬¸» ¼·-؟ »®ô ¾» ±¬¸»® ½´±-»® ±¾-¬®«½َھ»©§ô ¸±؟¸»®» ³ج --»³¾´§ٍ؟ »ھ·®¼ «´ ·² ½±³َ؛² ¾» ¸»´°؟½ ¸½¬» -µك ¬ ½±«°´·²¹-ٍ؛؟¸- -؟ ¸½«¬·±²-ô - ¬·²¹ §±«® ²»»¼-ٍ؟½·³«² ´ ³±«²¬·²¹؟»ح ٍى ¬»°ح
»®؟ ³°´»ô؟¨» ®±ع ´ ·- ³±«²¬»¼ٍ؟»»¬»®³·²» ¸±© ¬¸» »¨·-¬·²¹ -ـ »®؟ §²؟ -±ô ¸±© ³؛× ل»½؟´-¬»²·²¹ ·¬ ·² °؟؛ ¬¸»®» ¾±´¬- ±® -¬«¼- ¼®±«²؟ ¼»¬«¾·®¬®» ¬¸»§ ¼·-؟ ©²¼ ¸±؟ ®» ¬¸»§ô؟ »¦·¬ -؟¸© ¬¸»®»ô ل¬؛؟¸ ¬¸» -؛³»¬»® ±؟·¼ »¸¬ ¸½؟» ؛²½» ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» ½»²¬»®- ±؟¬-«®·²¹ ¬¸» ¼·-؟»®¬ ¾§ ³؟¬ح ®·؟»®§ °ھ» ®±؛ ¬-«®»³»²؟»µ» ¬¸·- ³؟ج ½»²¬ ¾±´¬-ّ ٍ÷؟¶¼؟ ؛·® ±؟° ®±«²¼ ¬¸» ½·®½´»ٍ؟ ´؟«¯» »¾ ¬§ ²±؟½·²¹- ³؟ ¾±´¬- ‰ ¾±´¬ -°؛± »®¬ ½±³َھ±® ¸±© ¬± ½±²؛ ¬·±²-؟®¬²§·²¹ ·´´«-؟½½±³°؟ »¸¬ »»ح س ّ»´½®·½ ¬´ ³±«²¬·²¹ ¾±؟ ¬¬»®²- ¬±؟³±² ¾±´¬ ° ²؟½ «±ا ٍ÷فق ³»¬»® ¬±؟·¼ ®»¬«¬ ±؛؟¸®±³ ¬¸» -؛ -«®·²¹؟»½¸»½µ §±«® ©±®µ ¾§ ³ ³»¬»®ô؟·¼ ¬؛؟¸²½»ô °´«- ¬¸» -؟¬©·½» ¬¸·- ¼·-ج ½¸ ¾±´¬ ½»²¬»®ٍ؟» · ¬¬»²¬·±²؟ ´«؛»®؟ف ¼·³»²-·±²ٍفقس »¸¬ ´؟«¯» ´-±؟ ¼´«-¸±§´¬½؟¨» ¼»®»¬§ ²±¬ ¾» ½»²؟¬ ³؛؟¸«-» ¬¸» -؟½»¾ »®»¸ ¬²؟¬®·³°± ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ¾±´¬ ½·®½´»ٍ »®«-؟»س -¬»²·²¹ô ¼»¬»®³·²» ¬¸»·® ´»²¹¬¸-ٍ؟؛ ®±؛ ¼»®» «-؟ -¬«¼-؛× ®- ©¸»¬¸»® ±؟ ´´»© -؟ ¼ ´»²¹¬¸ô؟»®¸¬ ؛·´- ±؟¬»¼ »¼·ھ²¼ °®±؟ ´»²¹¬¸- ½¸·²»ٍ؟¼»¼ ·²¬± ¬¸» ³؟»®¸¬ ®®» ©»´¼»¼ ±²¬± ±؟ ²±¬ ¬¸» -¬«¼-
ذ±-·¬·ھ» ـ·-°´؟½»³»²¬ ذ«³°-
ـ»°؟®¬³»²¬ غ¼·¬±®ح و½±¬¬ ض»²µ·²-
ذ
«³°- ؟®» »--»²¬·؟´ »¯«·°³»²¬ ·² ¬¸» ½¸»³·½؟´ °®±½»-- ·²¼«-¬®·»-ّ ف ذ×ٍ÷ ظ·ھ»² ¬¸» ·³°»®؟¬·ھ»- ¬± ®»¼«½» °®±¼«½¬·±² ½±-¬- ؟²¼ ³؟¨·³·¦» »²»®¹§
»²¹·²»»®- ³؟µ» ¬¸» ¾»-¬ ½¸±·½»ٍ ة¸·´» ¬¸» ³؟¶±®·¬§ ±؛ °«³°- ·² «-» ·² ذف× °´؟²¬- ؟®» µ·²»¬·½ »²»®¹§ °«³°¬ّ¸» ´؟®¹»-¬ ½؟¬»¹±®§ ¾»·²¹ ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ °«³°-÷ô °±-·¬·ھ» ¼·-°´؟½»³»²¬ّ ـذ÷ °«³°- ؟®» ؟² ·³°±®¬؟²¬ ½´؟-- ±؛ ·²¼«-¬®·؟´ »¯«·°³»²¬ٍ ج¸» ؛±´´±©·²¹ ·- ؟ ½±´´»½¬·±² ±؛ ·²؛±®³؟¬·±² ±² -»ھ»®؟´ ¬§°»- ±ـذ ؛ °«³°- ؟²¼ ؟² ±«¬´·²» ±؛ ¬ ¸» ¼·؛؛»®»²½»- ¾»¬©»»² °±-·¬·ھ» ¼·-°´؟½»³»²¬ °«³°- ؟²¼ ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ °«³°-ٍ
¾»ٍ ج¸» ؛±´´±©·²¹ °؟®؟³»¬»®- ³«-¬ ¾» ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ ¾»؛±®» ؟ °«³° ½؟² ¾» -»´»½¬»¼و ײ´»¬ ½±²¼·¬·±²- ‰ ج± ھ؟±·¼ -«½¬·±² °®±¾´»³-ô ¬¸» °«³° -¸± «´¼ ¾» ´±½؟¬»¼ ؟- ½´±-» ؟- °±--·¾´» ¬± ¬¸» ´·¯«·¼ - «°°´§
ع´±©®؟¬» ـ·؛؛»®»²¬·؟´ °®»--«®» ‰ ح³؟´´»® °·°» -·¦» ؟²¼ ´±²¹»® °·°» ®«²- ®»¼«½»
·²·¬·؟´ -§-¬»³ ½±-¬ô ¾«¬ ¬¸» ¸·¹¸»® °®»--«®» ¼·؛؛»®»²¬·؟´ ®؟·-»- »²»®¹§ ½±²-«³°َ ¬·±² ؟²¼ ®»¼«½»- °«³° ´·؛»¬·³»
ش·¯«·¼ ½¸؟®؟½¬»®·-¬·½-
·²¹ ³؟¬»®·؟´ ½±³°؟¬·¾·´·¬§ô ھ·-½±-·¬§ô -»²-·¬·ھ·¬§ ¬± -¸»؟® -¬®»-- ؟²¼ °®»-»²½» ±؛ °؟®¬·½«´؟¬»- ±® -±´·¼- ‰ ؟®» ·³°±®¬؟²¬ ؟؛½¬±®-
خجزغف حثحخغت ـذ×حذسثذ شكظثع ؟ ـذ²¼ ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ °«³°- ¾»¸ھ؟» ¼·؛؛»®»²¬´§ٍ ك- ؟ ³»؟²- ¬± ³±ھ» ´·¯«·¼-ô ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ °«³°- ®»´§ ±² µ·²»¬·½ »²»®¹§ô ؛±®½·²¹ ´·¯«·¼ ±«¬ ±؛ ¬¸» °«³° ©·¬¸ »²»®¹§ ·³°؟®¬»¼ ¬± ¬¸» ´·¯«·¼ ؟- ·¬ ³±ھ»- ¬±©؟®¼ ¬¸» ±«¬»® ¼·؟³»¬»® ±؟ ؛
ج¸» ؛±´´±©·²¹ °´±¬- ®»°®»-»²¬ »¨؟³°´»- ±؛ ¬¸» °»®؛±®³؟²½» ¾»¸ھ؟·±® ¼·؛؛»®َ »²½»- ؛±® ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ ؟²¼ ـذ °«³° ¬§°»-و
كٍ ع´±©®؟¬» ھ»®-«- °®»--«®» ‰ ¼»²¬ ±؛ °®»--«®» ¼»½®»؟-»- ؟¬ ¹®»؟¬»® ھ·-½±-·¬·»-ٍ ذ±-·¬·ھ» ¼·-°´؟½»³»²¬ °«³°- ؟®» ؟½¬«؟´´§
فٍ ع´±©®؟¬» ھ»®-«- ھ·-½±-·¬§ ‰ ف¸؟²¹»- ·² °®»--«®» ¸ھ؟» ³·²·³؟´ »؛؛»½¬ ±² ـذ °«³°-ô ¾«¬ ¸ھ؟» ؟ ¼®؟³؟¬·½ »؛؛»½¬ ±² ½»²¬®·؛«¹؟´ °«³°-ٍ كٍ
ً îë ً îً ً ïë ً ïً ً ë
ذ±-·¬·ھ»
ً
ً ً ًï ïë ٌ ؟ف°؟½·¬§ô ¹؟´³ ·² ً ë
فٍ
قٍ
ً ïً ً è ً ê
ع´±©®؟¬» ذ±-·¬·ھ»
ت·-½±-·¬§ ذ±-·¬·ھ»
ف»²¬®·؛«¹؟´
ً ً ً ً ïً îً يً ًى ëً ت·-½±-·¬§ô ½ح¬
ײ¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ¸ھ؟» ؟² ±«¬»® ¹»؟® ½؟´´»¼ ¬¸» ®±¬±® ¬¸؟¬ ·- «-»¼ ¬± ¼®·ھ» ؟ -³؟´´»® ·²²»® ¹»؟® ½؟´´»¼ ¬¸» ·¼´»®ٍ ج¸» ·¼´»® ¹»؟® ®±¬؟¬»- ±² ؟ -¬؟¬·±²؟®§ °·² ؟²¼ ±°»®؟¬»- ·²-·¼» ¬¸» ®±¬±® ¹»؟®ٍ ك¬¸» ¬©± ¹»؟®- ½±³» ±«¬ ±؛ ³»-¸ô ¬¸»§
×¼´»® خ±¬±®
ف®»-½»²¬
ة¸»² ¬¸» ¹»؟®- ½±³» ¾؟½µ ·²¬± ³»-¸ô ھ±´«³»- ؟®» ®»¼«½»¼ ؟²¼ ´·¯«·¼ ·- ؛±®½»¼ ±«¬ ±؛ ¬¸» ¼·-½¸؟®¹» °±®¬ٍ چ ك½®» -½»²¬Œ ·- ؛±®³»¼ ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» ¬©± ¹»؟®- ¬¸؟¬ ؛«²½¬·±²- ؟- ؟ -»؟´ ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» -«½¬·±² ؟²¼ ¼·-½¸؟®¹» ¾§ ¬®؟°°·²¹ ¬¸» ھ±´«³» ±؛ ´·¯«·¼ ½؟®®·»¼ ¾»¬©»»² ¬¸» ¬»»¬¸ ±؛ ¬¸» ®±¬±® ؟²¼ ·¼´»®ٍ ײ¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ؟®» »؛؛»½¬·ھ» ©·¬¸ ھ·-½±«- ´·¯«·¼-ô ¾«¬ ¼± ²±¬ °»®؛±®³ ©»´´ ؛±® ´·¯«·¼- ½±²¬؟·²·²¹ -±´·¼ °؟®¬·½´»-ٍ غ¨¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°-
غ¨¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ¸ھ؟» ؟ -·³·´؟® °«³°·²¹ ؟½¬·±² ¬± ·²¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ·² ¬¸؟¬ ¬©± ¹»؟®- ½±³» ·²¬± ؟²¼ ±«¬ ±؛ ³»-¸ »¨¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ¸ھ؟» ¬©± ·¼»²¬·½؟´ ¹»؟®- ®±¬؟¬·²¹ ؟¹؟·²-¬ »؟½¸ ±¬¸»®ٍ ؟غ½¸ ¹»؟® ·- -«°°±®¬»¼ ¾§ ؟ -¸؛؟¬ ©·¬¸ ¾»؟®َ ·²¹- ±² ¾±¬¸ -·¼»- ±؛ »؟½¸ ¹»؟®ٍ َ غ¨¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ©±®µ ©»´´ ·² ¸·¹¸ °®»--«®» ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²-ô -«½¸ ؟- ¸§¼®؟«´·½-ô ¾«¬ ؟®» ²±¬ »؛؛»½¬·ھ» ·² ؟°°´·½؟¬·±²®»¯«·®·²¹ ½®·¬·½؟´ -«½¬·±² ½±²¼·¬·±²-ٍ
ً ً
ً îë
ً ëً
ً ًً éë ïô
ت·-½±-·¬§ô ½ح¬ ـٍ
ً è
ط»؟¼
ذ±-·¬·ھ»
ً é
؟ت²» ذ«³°-
خ±¬±®
ëë
ً
؟ت²»
ذ«-¸ ®±¼
خ»؛»®»²½»-
ف»²¬®·؛«¹؟´
ً ë ىً
ش±¾» °«³°- ®»-»³¾´» »¨¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°- ·² ±°»®؟¬·±²ô »¨½»°¬ ¬¸؟¬ ¬¸» °«³°·²¹ »´»³»²¬- ¼± ²±¬ ³؟µ» ½±²¬؟½ٍ¬ ش±¾» ½±²¬؟½¬ ·- °®»ھ»²¬»¼ ¾§ »¨¬»®²؟´ ¬·³·²¹ ¹»؟®-ٍ ش±¾» °«³°- °»®؛±®³ ©»´´ ©·¬¸ ´·¯«·¼¬¸؟¬ ½±²¬؟·² -±´·¼ ³؟¬»®·؟´-ô ¾«¬ ¼± ²±¬ °»®؛±®³ ©»´´ ©·¬¸ ´±©َھ ·-½±-·¬§ ´·¯«·¼-ٍ
·²¬± ®±¬±® -´±¬- -´·¼» ·² ؟²¼ ±«¬ ؟- ¬¸» ®±َ ¬±® ¬«®²-ٍ ذ«³°·²¹ ؟½¬·±² ·- ½؟«-»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» »¨°؟²¼·²¹ ؟²¼ ½±²¬®؟½¬·²¹ ھ±´«³»- ½±²َ ¬؟·²»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» ®±¬±®ô ؟ھ²»- ؟²¼ ¸±«-·²¹ٍ ؟ت²» °«³°- ؟®» »؛؛»½¬·ھ» ؛±® ´±©َ ھ·-½±-·¬§ ´·¯«·¼-ô ؟²¼ ©¸»² ¼®§َ°®·³·²¹ ·®»¯«·®»¼ٍ ج¸»§ ؟®» ²±¬ ·¼»؟´ ؛±® ؟¾®؟-·ھ» ´·¯«·¼-ٍ
ً ê ف»²¬®·؛«¹؟´
حذسثذ ـذ عر حغذاج
ح´·¼·²¹ ؟ھ²» °«³°- ¸ھ؟» ؟ ®±¬±® ©·¬¸ ®؟¼·؟´ -´±¬-ô ؟²¼ ·¬ ·- °±-·¬·±²»¼ ±؛؛َ½»²¬»®
ىً ً î
ف»²¬®·؛«¹؟´
ً
ً ïï ً ïً ً ç ً è ً é ً ê ً ë ىً
ذ»®؛±®³؟²½»
َ
¬«®» ¼·-½-÷ ·² ½؟-» ±؛ ¼·-½¸؟®¹» ¾´±½µ؟¹»
ش±¾» °«³°-
ھ·-½±-·¬·»-
ـٍ
½´»؟®؟²½»
ײ¬»®²؟´ ¹»؟® °«³°-
جفغشغح×جخكجح زر×رذ ظز×جز
قٍ
جكخغذر ذسثذ ـذ×خذ ظز×فز×حغشذ
è
ع»»¬ ±؛ ¸»؟¼
ً
ïë
ïٍ ذ»¬»®-»²ô ضٍ ؟²¼ً؟ض½±¾§ خٍô ح»´»½¬·²¹ ذ ؟±-·¬·ھ» ـ·-°´؟½»³»²¬ ذ«³°ô ف¸»³ٍ غ²¹ٍô ك«¹«-¬ îًéô °°ٍ ىîىٹêٍ îٍ ت·µ·²¹ ذ«³° ײ½ٍô ة¸»² ¬± «-» ذ ؟±-·¬·ھ» ـ·-°´؟½»³»²¬ ذ«³°ô ً ج¸» ذ«³° ح½¸±±´ ة»¾-·¬»ô ت·µ·²¹ ذ«³° ײ½ٍô ©©©ٍ°«³°-½¸±±´ٍ½±³ô îًéٍ يٍ ح±؟®»-ô فٍô ذچ ً®±½»-- غ²¹·²»»®·²¹ غ¯«·°³»²¬ ؟ط²¼¾±±µôŒ س½ظ®؟© ط·´´ô ز»© ا±®µô îًî ٍ ىٍ ذچ»®®§ژً- ف¸»³·½؟´ غ²¹·²»»®ژ- ؟ط²¼¾±±µôŒ 謸 »¼ٍ س½ظ®؟© ط·´´ô ز»© ا±®µô îًè ٍ
Pump Selection and Specifcation Department Editor: Kate Torzewski
PUMP SELECTION n choosing a pump, it is important to match a pump’s capabilities with system requirements and the characteristics o the liquid being processed. These actors include the inlet conditions, required owrate, dierential pressure and liquid characteristics. Generally, the quality o the liquid should remain unchanged ater passage through a pump. Thereore, material compatibility, viscosity, shear sensitivity and the presence o particulate matter in a liquid are important considerations in pump selection. Most engineering applications employ either centriugal or positive displacement (PD) pumps or uid handling. These pumps unction in very dierent ways, so pump selection should be based on the unique conditions o a process.
I
Centrifugal pumps The most widely used pump in the chemical process industries or liquid transer is the centriugal pump. Available in a wide range o sizes and capacities, these pumps are suitable or a wide range o applications. Advantages o the centriugal style include: simplicity, low initial cost, uniorm ow, small ootprint, low maintenance expense and quiet operation. Positive displacement pumps Though engineers may be frst inclined to install centriugal pumps, many applications dictate the need or PD pumps. Because o their mechanical design and ability to create ow rom a pressure input, PD pumps provide a high efciency under most conditions, thus reducing energy use and operation costs. Choosing centrifugal versus positive displacement These two main pump styles respond very dierently to various operating conditions, so it is essential to evaluate the requirements o a process prior to choosing an appropriate pump. Table 1 illustrates the mechanical dierences between these pumps, as well as the eects o pressure, viscosity and inlet conditions on owrate and pump efciency. Range of operation Pump styles range ar beyond simply PD and centriugal pumps. PD pumps encompass many specifc styles, including a variety o reciprocating, rotary and blow-cover pumps. Likewise, centriugal pumps encompass radial, mixed, and axial ow styles, which all PumP ComParison Chart
Mechanics
Cefgl Pp
Pve dplcee pp
The pump imparts a velocity to the liquid, resulting in a pressure at the outlet.
The pump captures confined amounts of liquid and transfers them from the suction to discharge port.
Pressure is created and flow results
Performance Viscosity
Efficiency
Inlet conditions
Flow varies with changing pressure Efficiency decreases with increasing viscosity Efficiency peaks at the best-of-efficiency point. At higher or lower pressures, efficiency decreases Liquid must be in the pump to create a pressure differential. A dry pump will not prime on its own
Flow is created and pressure results
Flow is constant with changing pressure Efficiency increases with increasing viscosity Efficiency increases with increasing pressure
Negative pressure is created at the inlet port. A dry pump will prime on its own
belong to a greater category o kinetic pumps. A simple way to narrow down pump styles is to determine the required capacity that your pump must handle. Based upon a required capacity in gal/min. and a pressure in lb /in.2, the pump coverage chart below can help engineers ocus their selection to a just a ew pump styles.
Adapted from Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook
PUMP SPECIfICaTIONS Based on the application in which a pump will be used, the pump type, and service and operating conditions, the specifcations o a pump can be determined. • Casting connection: Volute casing efciently converts velocity energy impacted to the liquid rom the impeller into pressure energy. A casing with guide vanes reduce loses and improve efciency over a wide range o capacities, and are best or multistage highhead pumps • Impeller details: Closed-type impellers are most efcient. Opentype impellers are best or viscous liquids, liquids containing solid matter, and general purposes • Sealings: Rotating shats must have proper sealing methods to prevent leakage without aecting process efciency negatively. Seals can be grouped into the categories o noncontacting seals and mechanical ace seals. Noncontacting seals are oten used or gas service in high-speed rotating equipment. Mechanical ace seals provide excellent sealing or high leakage protection • Bearings: Factors to take into consideration while choosing a bearing type include shat-speed range, maximum tolerable shat misalignment, critical-speed analysis, loading o compressor impellers, and more. Bearing styles include: cylindrical bore; cylindrical bore with dammed groove; lemon bore; three lobe; oset halves; tilting pad; plain washer; and taper land • Materials: Pump material is oten stainless steel. Material should be chosen to reduce costs and maintain personnel saety while avoiding materials that will react with the process liquid to create corrosion, erosion or liquid contamination References 1. “Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook,” 7th ed. New York: McGraw Hill, 1997. 2. Petersen, J. and Jacoby, Rodger. Selecting a Positive Displacement Pump, Chem. Eng. August 2007, pp. 42–46.
Vacuum Pumps Department Editor: Kate Torzewski acuum is any system o reduced pressure, relative to local (typically atmospheric) pressure. Achieved with a pump, vacuum systems are commonly used to:
V
Figure 1.
Liquid-Ring Pump
Figure 2.
Rotary-Claw Pump
Figure 3.
RotaryLobe Pump Source: Kurt J. Lesker Co.
•Removeexcessairand its constituents •Removeexcessreactantsor unwanted byproducts •Reducetheboilingpoint •Drysolutematerial •Createapressuredifferentialfor initiatingtransportofmaterial Liquid-ringanddrypumpsofferthe mostadvantagesforthechemical processindustries(CPI).Bothof thesepumptypeshavebearings sealedofffromthepumpingchamber and do not require a ny internal lubrication because the rotors do notcontactthehousing.Both,when employingacoolantsystem,prevent thecoolantfromcontactingtheprocessuidandcausingcontamination, and both use mechanical shat seals or containment.
liquid-ring pumps Inthecylindricalbodyofthepump, asealantuidundercentrifugal forceformsaringagainsttheinside ofthecasing(Figure1). The source o that orce is a multi-bladed impeller whose shat is mounted so as to be eccentric to theringofliquid.Becauseofthis eccentricity, the pockets bounded by adjacent impeller blades (also calledbuckets)andtheringincrease in size on the inlet side o the pump, andtheresultingsuctioncontinually drawsgasoutofthevesselbeing evacuated. As the blades rotate
Figure 4.
Source: Medical Gas Info
Source: Gardner Denver Hanover, Inc.
towardthedischargesideofthe pump, the pockets decrease in size,andtheevacuatedgasiscompressed,enablingitsdischarge. Theringofliquidnotonlyactsas a seal; it also absorbs the heat o compression, riction and condensation.Popularliquidchoicesinclude water,ethyleneglycol,mineraloil andorganicsolvents.
dry pumps
void space between the rotors and pumphousing.Onthenextrotation, thatsametrappedsampleofgasis compressedanddischargedasthe dischargeportopens. Aminimumofthreestagesin series is required to achieve pressures comparable to those o an oil-sealed mechanical pump. Some drydesignsusetwotechnologiesin combination;forexample,arotarly lobe as a booster or a claw pump.
Rotary-claw,rotary-lobeand rotary-screw pumps dominate as drypumpsintheCPI,particularlyin larger-sizepumpapplications. Rotary Claw. Thegeometricshape ofthispumpallowsforagreater compression ratio to be taken acrosstherotorsathigherpressures (Figure2).Twoclawrotorsrotate in opposite directions o rotation withouttouching,usingtiminggears tosynchronizetherotation.Thegas entersthroughaninletportafterit has been uncovered and flls the
Rotary Lobe. The rotary-lobe pump (Figure3)istypicallyusedasamechanicalboosteroperatinginseries with an oil-sealed piston or vane pumptoboostpumpingcapacityat low pressures. This pump consists o two symmetrical two-lobe rotors mounted on separate shats in parallel, which rotate in opposite directions to each otherathighspeeds.Timinggears are used to synchronize the rotation o the lobes to provide constant clearance between the two.
Advantages
Rotary-Screw Pump
Source: Kurt J. Lesker Co.
Rotary Screw. Twolonghelical rotors in parallel rotate in opposite directionswithouttouching,synchronizedbyhelicaltiminggears (Figure4).Gasowmovesaxially alongthescrewwithoutanyinternal compression rom suction to discharge.Pocketsofgasaretrapped within the convolutions o the rotors andthecasing,andtransportedto thedischarge.Compressionoccurs atthedischargeport,wherethe trappedgasmustbedischarged againstatmosphericpressure.Each convolution o the rotor acts similarly toastageinserieswiththeonebehindit;atleastthreeconvolutedgas pockets in the rotor are required to achieve acceptable vacuum levels.
References 1. Vilbert,P.,MechanicalPumpsfor VacuumProcessing,Chem. Eng. October2004,pp.44–51. 2. Aliasso,J.,ChoosetheRight VacuumPump, Chem. Eng. March 1999,pp.96–100.
Disadvantages
s • Simpler design; employs only one rotating assembly p m • Can be fabricated from any castable metal u P • Minimal noise and vibration m • Little increase in the temperature of the discharged gas u • No damage from liquid or small particulates in the process uid u c • Maintenance and rebuilding are simple a V • Slow rotational speed (1,800 rpm or less), maximizing operating life g • Can use any type of liquid for the sealant uid in situations where min n i gling with the process vapor is permissible R d • No lubricating liquid in the vacuum chamber to be contaminated i u • Accommodation of both condensable vapors and noncondensables, q i L while operating as both a vacuum pump and condenser
• Mixing of the evacuated gas with the sealing uid • Risk of cavitation requires a portion of process load to be noncondens able under operating conditions • High power requirement to form and maintain the liquid ring, resulting in large motors • Achievable vacuum is limited by the vapor pressure of sealant uid at the operating temperature • Power consumption
• Rugged rotor design, constructed of sturdy cast or ductile iron without
• Cannot handle particulate matter, nor large slugs of liquid • May require a silencer • May discharge gases at high temperatures • Most difcult to repair or rebuild • May require a gas purge for cooling, or to protect the bearings and seals from the process gas • Due to high operating temperatures, some process gases may polymerize
-
any imsy rotating components s p • Noncontact design facilitated by timing gears m u • High rotational speed reduces the ratio of gas slip to displacement, P increases net pumping capacity and reduces ultimate pressure m u • Multiple staging provides inlet pressures below 1-mm Hg absolute while u discharging to atmosphere c a • No contamination of evacuated gas V y r • Due to lack of condensation, pump can be fabricated of standard, D inexpensive cast iron
-
¼»¹®±«²ھ¾±ك ¼²¼ «²¼»®¹®±«²؟ ²µ-؟¬ »¹؟®-¬±
»²µ·²-ض ¬¬½±ح و®¼·¬±غ ¬®¬³»²؟»°ـ
جحك ـزك جحث رج غشقكف×شذذك اششك×جزغجرذ حغـرف ـزك حزر×جكشثظغخ
»³؟ ¬·±² ²؟ ´«»¹خ
§¬·´·¾؟ ½·´°°ك »®²·²¹ھ ± §¼±ق
كذ غ
ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك
ف »´¬·¬¾«ح ¬½ك §®»ھ»½±خ ¼²؟ ¬·±²؟ھ®»±²-ف »½®«»-±خ ¬·±²-؟´«-¬» ®»¹؟© ®¼±«-؟¦؟¸ ‰
كذ غ
ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك
؟»±«²¬»®³ف ¼²؟ ´±²¬®±ف »²¬·±²ôھ»®ذ ´´·°ح -«®»- ©·¬¸·² ً ïçç؛³»²¼³»²¬- ±؟ ¬½ك ®·ك ®؟»´ف
كطحر
ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك
ً¬؟®»°ر »¬-؟ة ®¼±«-؟¦؟ط ·±²»»-°±² -خ §½³»®¹»²غ ¼²؟ ً ïçïٍïîخعف ¬·±²- ‰ îç؟´«»¹خ
ً³؟´ع ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك كطحر خعف ®¼ ‰ îç؟¼²؟¬ح ·¯«·¼-ش »´¾·¬±³¾«-ف ¼²؟ »´¾؟ً ³ ïçïٍïê ً ً ïçïٍ ï îًخعف ®¼ ‰ îç؟¼²؟ ¬ ح ¬·±²؟½· ± ³³«²ف ¼ ® ؟¦ ؟ط جحث ¼ ²؟ جحك كطحر كطحر كذ غ كذ غ كذ غ كطحر
ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك §´ ±²ج ح ك §´ ±²جح ك ح §´ ±²ج ح ك §´ ±²ج ح ك
ك
ً ï çç؛ ±؛ ½¬ ±
§-¬»³غ ¬·±²؟®¹» ´·³·²؟ـ¸½ ·-
ذ ·´ ±´´«¬·±ر ²
؟¬«´´ ´ ±؟¬·±²؟ ز ¬ ²ذ
¬·±²؟±³°»²-ف »-°±²-»ôخ ´؟¬·®±²³»²ھ²غ »ھ·±³°®»¸»²-ف ف ّ¬½ك §¬·´·¾؟·ش ¼²؟ ÷كشفخغ ًً ïçïٍïîèخ ع »²¦»²» ‰ îçق ف َ ¸»³·فً®¼±«-؟¦؟ط §´¸·¹ط ؛¹»³»²¬ ±؟²؟س §¬»؛؟ح ®±½»--ذ ïçïٍïïçخعف ¹»²¬- ‰ îçك -¬·²¹؟´ق ¼²؟ »-ھ·¨°´±-غ ´-ô؟½
كط حر
§´ ±²ج ح ك
كذ غ
§´ ±²ج ح ث
«¾¬·¬´» × ‰ح ¬½ك §®»ھ»½±خ ¼²؟ ¬·±²؟ھ®»±²-ف »½®«»-±خ - -¬±®·²¹جحث ¼¼®»--·²¹؟ ¬·±²-؟´«®»¹ ¦َ؟¸ ¼²؟ °»¬®±´»«³ ً ً îèخعف ى ²½»- ‰؟¬®¼±«- -«¾-؟
كذ غ
§´ ±²ج ح ث
¬·±²؟´«»¹خ §®»ھ»½±خ ®°±؟ت ×× »¹؟¬ح¾´·-¸»¼ ·²؟¬ً ‰ »- ïçç؛³»²¼³»²¬- ±ك ¬½ك ®·ك ²؟»´ف
§´ ±²ج حث
ك ²؟ »´ ف ®·
كذ غ كذ غ »¼ ½±كذ ع ز »¼ ½±ف ف ×
§´ ±²ج ح ث
ك½ ؟®» ±°ج¬ ·¬´» ‰ ¬·²¹ °»®³·¬-ت
َ ½¬ ‰ك ©·¹¸¬¬±َµ²±خ §¬· ±³³«²ف ¼²؟ ²²·²¹؟´³»®¹»²½§ °غ ½¬ٍك ¬·±²؟¦·®«¬¸±؟»خ ¼²؟ ³»²¼³»²¬-ك ¼«²؛®»«°ح ؛·¬´» ××× ±ج
-¬±®·²¹ ´·¯«·¼ô؛» ±ھ·¬½»¶¾¬» ±؟¸» «´¬·³
ج
»؛؟´´§ -؟¬·®±²³»²ھ² »²؟ ´ ·²؟·®»¬؟¬± -¬±®» ³ »¹؟®¬±ح ²²»®ٍ؟¾´» ³؟·ھ §´´؟½·²¼ »½±²±³؟ »·®¬´ °®±½»-- ·²¼«-؟½·²µ- ·² ¬¸» ½¸»³؟¬ف ·¼»¼ ·²¬±ھ·¼ §´¼؟² ¾» ³±-¬ ¾®±؟½ ÷×ذ ّ »²¼ ¬¸±-؟ ¬¸±-» ¾«®·»¼ «²¼»®¹®±«²¼ô · ±´´±©·²¹؛ »¸ج »¹®±«²¼ٍھ¾±؟ ¼»¬½«®¬½±²-¸¬·© ¼»¬؟·½--±؟ ¬·±²-؟®»¼· ½±²-؛² ±«¬´·²» ±؟ »ھ·¬؟²¼ ²»¹؟ »ھ·¬·²¼ °±-؟ §®¬»¹±؟½ ¸½؟» ®» °±¬»²َ؟ ¼»¼«´½´-± ·²ك ½¸ٍ؟» ؛-°»½¬- ±؟ ®±³؛ ²¼ ½±¼»-؟ ¬·±²-؟´«¾´» ®»¹؟½·´°°؟ §´´؟·¬ حٍث »¸¬ §½¹»²ك ®±¬»½¬·±²ذ ´؟¬·®±²³»²ھ²غ ٍ §¬»؛؟ح ¼²؟ ¸¬´؟»ط ´؟¬·±²؟½½«°ر »¸¬ ÷ôكذ ّغ ر ّ¬·±²؟®¬¼³·²·-ك ²¼ ±¬¸»®-ٍ؟ ÷كطح
صزكج غظكخرجح ـزثرخظخغـزث ث حغظكجزكتـك ÷جح ّ §؟© »¸¬ ؛®» ±«¬ ±؟ -جحث »¬§ ‰؛؟´ -؟½·¸§-ذ ²¬ «²َ؟¬»´§ ½±²-ھ·¬؟´»® ؟ ¸¬·ة »¬§ ‰؛؟·®» -ع ®» -«°»®·±ھ؟¸ -جحث ¬«®»ô؟®»¼»®¹®±«²¼ ¬»³°
»¬«¬·¬»¬®±´»«³ ײ-ذ ²؟½·®»³ك »¸ج »½«®·¬§ ‰ح ¼·²¹؟»´ ؟ ´·-³ ·-؟¼²؟ھ ¬؟¸¬ - -¸±©²؟¸ ¬½»¶¾«®» ´»-- -؟ -جحث ·´«®»-ٍ؟؛ ²µ؟¬ ؛«-» ±؟½ ¬½»¬-·»® ¬± °®±؟» ¼²؟ ´·-³؟¼²؟ھ ¬± ¸½·¸© -·¹¸¬ô؛®» ±«¬ ±؟ -جحث »-¬¸»¬·½- ‰ك °±--·¾´» °«¾´·½ ±¾¶»½¬·±²؟ ¬»-؟»´·³·² ²¼ «-» ؟ش
ج ح ث ¼²؟ ج ح ك
ًي كذعز ¬·±²؟·½--±ك ®±¬»½¬·±²ذ »®·ع ´؟¬·±²؟ز ÷»¼±ف ·¯«·¼-ش »´¾·¬±³¾«-ف ¼²؟ »´¾؟³³؟´ّ ع
¬·±²؟½½»³»²¬ ´±؟´°
ج ح ث ¼²؟ جح ك
»¼ ±ف »®· ع ´ ؟ ¬·±²؟÷ ײ¬»®²ف ف× ±«²½·´ّ ف »¼±ف ´؟ ¬·±²؟ ײ¬»®²
حغظكجزكتـكح ×ـ جحث
³»َ؟®؛ §®¬±؟´«»¹خ ´ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬-ٍ؟®»¼»؛ ¼²؟ جحث ¼²؟ جحك ®±؛ ¬»®»²؛؛·¼ »®؟ ©±®µ- ²؟ »¬؟®؟½» ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ¬± -»°؟°ح ½» ‰؟°ح »¼·®» ½±ع -ٍجحث ®±؛ »«² ·--؟ ¬®» ²±؟ §»¸¬»½²؟¬¬·±² ¼·-؟®؟¬» -»°؟¬½·¼ §´´؟®»¹»²´·-³ ·-؟¼²؟ھ ®±³؛ ®±¬»½¬·±²ذ »½«®·¬§ ‰ح
»¾ ¼´« ½±-¬ -¸±؛-°»½¬- ±؟ ´؟®»ھ»ح ±-¬ ‰ف ²µ؟¬ ²µô؟¬ »¹؟® -¬±و½±²-·¼»®»¼ô ·²½´«¼·²¹ ¬·±² ½±-¬ô؟´´؟¬´ ·²-؟·¬·-§-¬»³ »¯«·°³»²¬ô ·² ²½» ½±-¬ô -»½«®·¬§ ½±-¬ô؟·²¬»²؟±²¹±·²¹ ³ §®؟¼²¼ -»½±²؟ ¬¬±®§ ½±-؟´«²¼ ½±-¬ô ®»¹؟´ ¬·²³»²¬ ½±-؟¬½±²
حغظكجزكتـكح ×ـ جحك »´¾؟®»«´²ھ »®®» ³±؟ -جحك »¬§ ‰؛؟´ -؟½·¸§-ذ ¼²؟ «¬±³±¾·´»-؟ ¸¬·© ¬½؟¬´·-³ô ½±²؟¼²؟ھ ¬± »¹؟³؟¼ ´؟»¨¬»®² »¬§ ؛؟·®» -ع جحث » ¬±ھ·¬؟´»® ®·-µ¾´» ·²؟§ ¾» ±¾¶»½¬·±²؟- ³جحك »-¬¸»¬·½- ‰ك ¬·±²؟½·² ´±؟¬®»½¬» ®»¯«·®»¼ ¬±؟¬´ »-؟»® »®½» «-» ‰ ³±؟°ح جحك »¸±«-»½- »¨°»®·»²جحك ¬·±² ‰؟·®؟ھ »®«¬؟®»»³°ج َ -جحث ²؟¸¬ ¬·±²-
غف×رطف غطج ظز×صكس ´»»¬ح و§®«ق ±¬ ¬±ز ®«®§ ±ق ±ج ٍقٍة »§»®ôظ ïٍ ²¼¾±±µ؟طچ و»½·-·±²-ٍ ײـ §»½¸²±´±¹ج ²µ؟ج ؟ج »¹؟®¬±ح ؛± »µµ»®ôـ ´»½®؟س §-¬»³-ôŒح ً ²µ ±®µô îًٍا ©»ز »¹َھ¾±ك ٍر ®ô؟³؟´´؟ت ¼²؟ ٍôزٍذ ô؛؛¸»®»³·-·²±ف îٍ ±³َف ²µ؟ج »¹؟®¬±ح ¼²¼»®¹®±«²ث ¼²؟ ¼®±«² ²½»- ·²؟ھ¼ك ²µ-ٍ؟ج »¹؟®¬±حچ و®·-±²ٍ ײ؟° »®·»-ôŒح §»½¸²±´±¹ج ´±²¬®±ف ´؟¬·®±²³»²ھ²غ ±«-¬±²ô ïççêٍط «¾´·-¸·²¹ôذ ؛´«ظ
¾±«¬ ©¸»¬¸»® ¬±؟ µ·²¹ ¼»½·-·±²-؟¸»² ³ة و±´´±©·²¹؛ »¸¬ ®»¼·ô ½±²-جحث ؟ ® ±جحك ²؟ »«-
»¸¬ «¬¸±®·¬§ ·²؟ ´؟½¸» ´±ج ¬±®§ ‰؟´«»¹خ -َ؟ »¾ ´´·© ²µ -§-¬»³؟¬ »¸¬ »®»¸© ؟»®؟ ²µ؟¬ ؟ ®»¸¬»¸© ؛- ½±²¬®±´ ±؟¸ ¼»´¾-»³ ®»¸¬»¸© -»¼ ±²؟¾ °»®³·¬ ©·´´ ¾» ·--«»¼ô »¬؟¬´ô -؟½²µ ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ´±؟¬ »¸¬ ®±؛ ²-؟´°
µ ³±²·َ؟»ش ·²³»²¬ ‰؟¬²¼ ½±²؟ µ ¼»¬»½¬·±²؟»ش »®·²³»²¬ ·- ³±؟¬²¼ ½±²؟ ¬±®·²¹ô ¼»¬»½¬·±² َ؟ھ؟½¨غ ²¼ ½±-¬ ‰؟ §¬·¨»´¬·±² ½±³°؟´´؟¬×²- · ¬·±²؟·½»®¬» ¼»°؟¬´ »-؟»خ ¬·±² ‰؟·½»®»°ـ¬·±²؟³·²؟¬ ½±²؛¬ ±؟»®¸¬ °±--·¾´» ¼«» ¬±
صزكج غظكخرجح ـزثرخظغترقك ك حغظكجزكتـك ÷جح ّ ²¼ ´»-؟ ®»´®» -·³°؟ -جحك ±²-¬®«½¬·±² ‰ف»²ر ´ٍ´؟¬²¼ ·²-؟ ¬½«®¬» ¬± ½±²-ھ·»¨°»²- ´ ·²-°»½¬·±² ·- °±-َ؟«·-ت ²½» ‰؟·²¬»²؟س µ؟»´ »´¾؟·´»® »®¼- ¬± ³±؟»´ ¸½·¸© -·¾´»ô ®·؟-·»® ®»°؟» ¼²؟ ¼»¬»½¬·±² َ »®²½» °؟®«±©»® °±´´«¬·±² ·²-ش ²½» ‰؟®«×²- َ ¹®±«²¼؛ ®»¼«½»¼ ®·-µ ±؛«-» ±؟½»¾ ³·«³- ¬·±²؟³·²؟¬¬»® ½±²؟© ®» -«¾¶»½¬ ¬±؟ -جحك ¬±®§ ¾«®¼»² ‰؟´«»¹خ جحث ²؟¸¬ ¬±®§ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬-؟´«´»-- ®»¹¼²؟ » ´±©»® ³±²·¬±®·²¹ھ؟¸ -جحك ±-¬- َ‰ف ®»½±®¼µ »»°·²¹ ½±-¬-
Acid Storage Department Editor: Kate Torzewski ost common acids can be stored in horizontal or vertical ASME-type tanks, as shown in the gures to the right, or vertical API-type tanks. Horizontal, carbon-steel ASME-type tanks o 10,000— 40,000 gal capacity should have a plate thickness o 3/8 in. with dished heads o the same thickness. The thickness includes a corrosion allowance o 1/4 in., which provides a tank lie o 15—20 years.
M
Standard flanged and dished heads
DImension all nozzle locations from this line
Manhole
Vent
2A*
2A*
Knuckle radius line Weld lines
Sulfuric acid (H2SO4)
Storage. This acid is prone to enter into
reactions that generate hydrogen, so in addition to keeping the vessel vented adequately, exclude potential sources o ignition rom the vicinity.
Top plate of saddle welded to shell
A
Materials of construction. Carbon
steel is satisactory or concentrated technical grades o suluric acid at normal atmospheric temperature. H2SO4 solutions that are more dilute corrode carbon steel severely. To avoid inadvertent dilution o concentrated acid, keep acid away rom contact with moist air. Polyvinyl chloride pipe is recommended or ordinary suluric acid, but or oleum, Type 316 stainless steel or carbon-steel lined with a fuorocarbon is best.
Phosphoric acid (H3PO4)
Storage. The tank bottom should be rolled
to a height o 3 in. (upward). This allows welds to reely expand or contract. Corner welds should be avoided, as undue stresses can occur and aggravate corrosion [ 2]. Depending on the acid grade, the reezing point varies and may necessitate heating to avoid reeze-up in storage. In any case, to avoid corrosion, high-pressure steam should not be used; steam coils located several inches below the bottom o the tank are recommended. The space below the tank bottom should be enclosed to permit heating o the air to 50˚C, and the tank walls should be insulated. Materials of construction. Tanks can
be abricated o Type 316 extra-low-carbon stainless steel, rubber--lined carbon steel or berglass-reinorced plastic. Carbon steel should not be used, as it will corrode.
Hydrochloric acid (HCl) Storage. HCl o all strengths should be
stored in tanks similar to those mentioned above. Containment areas should be provided around tanks, and storage acilities should include a pressure- and vacuum-relie service, primary and redundant level indicators, a high-level alarm, an overfow line, an emergency block valve at the tank outlet nozzle and a vent-ume scrubber.
A
6 in. typical
* Minimum width of the shell course at each saddle. Width may be increased if more economical for shell course layout.
Materials of construction. These
storage tanks should be abricated o rubber-lined carbon steel, glass-lined carbon steel or ber-reinorced polymer (FRP). Sot natural-rubber compounds are used as liners or concentrated acid storage tanks at temperatures up to 60˚C with a minimum lining thickness o 3/16 in. Semi-hard rubber is used or lining equipment and piping or acid up to 70˚C with FRP tanks o vinyl-ester resin.
Nominal capacity level
Name plate
) x ro OD p p ( a D O = R . n i
Submerged fill pipe Grounding clip
5 1
Nitric acid (HNO3)
Storage. Storage tanks or HNO3 o less
than 95 wt.% concentration should be designed or at least a slight pressure and vacuum, permitting the venting o nitrogenoxide umes to collection and disposal equipment, such as a scrubber or a fare. When locating the tank vent and overfow pipe, consider that escaping vapors and liquid can corrode exterior welds as the acid is diluted with atmospheric moisture. Materials of construction. For concen-
trations up to 95 wt.% at ambient temperature, storage units should be abricated o Type 304L stainless steel. For concentrations o 95 wt.% and above, Type 3003 aluminum alloy should be used. Acid in the range o 52–55 wt.% should be stored in tanks o Type 347 stainless steel using No. 12 gage sheet. Above 90 wt.%, corrosion allowance in the tank-wall thickness may be necessary. Glass-lined carbon steel tanks are satisactory or all acid grades.
Bottom outlet baffle Channel legs
ASME code, or or lower pressure, as its vapor pressure is much lower than that o anhydrous HF. These tanks should be equipped with a relie device, and discharge piping should be routed to a scrubber. Aqueous HF tanks should have a vent, with the vent line also going to the scrubber. Materials of construction. Carbon-steel
Hydrouoric acid (HF)
storage tanks can be used or anhydrous HF at temperatures up to 66˚C and 70 wt.% HF. Acid o concentrations greater than 60 wt.% may be handled in steel up to a temperature o 38˚C. In steel tanks, hydrogen blistering may be caused by the accumulation o H2, so periodic tank inspections are required to evaluate blistering.
Storage. Because o anhydrous HF’s high
References
vapor pressure, tanks are designed or a minimum pressure o 60 psig and have X-rayed and stress-relieved welds. Tanks holding 70 wt.% HF are also designed per
1.Grossel, S., Sae Ecient Handling o Acids, Chem. Eng. December 1998, pp. 104–112. 2.Anon., Phosphoric Acid, Rhone-Poulene Basic Chemicals Co., Shelton, Conn. (1992).
Distillation Tray Design Department Editor: Scott Jenkins
n a distillation column tray, vapor passes upward through liquid that is flowing across a horizontal perforated plate. Vapor passing through the perforated plate forms a two-phase mixture with the liquid and enables mass transfer contacting. This mixture is typically quite turbulent. Tray design must allow the turbulent liquid to fall away from the rising vapor in the space above the tray, while also enabling the vapor bubbles to rise out of the falling liquid in the downcomer. The downcomer is usually a vertical plate that enables the already contacted froth to travel down to the next tray without remixing with the up-flowing vapor from the tray below.
I
Downcomers
area. In that case, the downcomer is sloped such that its bottom area is 60% of its top area. Active area
The active area of a distillation tower is where the vapor contacts the liquid to effect mass transfer. Above the active area, where the liquid falls away from the rising vapor, is the volume where the vapor can expand. Typically, the active area is calculated to be the tower crosssectional area minus the downcomer top and downcomer bottom area. The minimum active area (ft2) for normal valve trays can be determined from the following relationship, which is a modification of a commonly used correlation [1] taken at 82% of jet flood: Active area = V-Load / [TS 0.5 (0.0762 – 0.00092(V 2)) – 0.011W L]
Where, V-Load = CFS V (V / (L – V ))0.5 TS = Tray spacing, in. V = Vapor density, lb/ft3 W L = Weir loading, gal/min per in. CFS V = Vapor volumetric flow, ft3/s
Vapor flow
Liquid flow Side view of a simple tray arrangement
Generally, designing a column tray entails determining the minimum downcomer area that still allows vapor bubbles to rise through the liquid, selecting the number of downcomers, determining the active area, and checking the flow path length to see if a person can pass through a tray manway. These factors are the primary drivers for determining overall tower size. Downcomer area is determined by the maximum recommended downcomer velocity. Divide the volumetric flow of liquid by the downcomer velocity to obtain the downcomer top area. Typically a curve of maximum downcomer velocity versus the density difference between liquid and vapor is consulted during this process. Maximum downcomer velocity guideline 0.45
s / f 0.4 r t , e y t 0.35 m i o c c l o n e 0.3 w v o d e . c0.25 x n a a r 0.2 t M n e 0.15 10
20
30
40
A good place to start the iterative process is with a weir length 0.8 times the tower diameter. If the resulting weir loading is greater than 12 gal/min per in., then increase the number of tray passes to two. Recalculate the outlet weir length for each of the side downcomers of the column by using half the downcomer area. Check the weir loading again (for the tray with side downcomers). If the weir loading continues to exceed 12 gal/min per in., increase the number of tray passes to four. It is assumed that the two-pass tray with side downcomers has the shortest weir length. The simplest approach to designing 4-pass trays is to assume equal bubbling area and make the side downcomers onequarter of the total downcomer area, and make the center (and off-center) downcom-
50
Delta-density (L–V), lb/ft3
A downcomer is generally straight unless its area exceeds 8% of the tower
60
The required active area is dependant on the vapor density and weir loading. Note that the weir loading need not be known at this point. Assume a weir loading value of 5 gal/min per in. intially. Typical tray spacings are 24 in.
AD
BW Z D
Tray g eometry parameters
Tower area and diameter
Based on the above areas, the overall tower area and diameter can be determined by the following: AT = ADtop + ADbottom + AA D = 2(AT / π)0.5
Where, AT = Tower area, ft 2 ADtop = Downcomer area at top, ft 2 ADbottom = Downcomer area at bottom, ft 2 AA = Active Area, ft2 D = Tower inner dia., ft Number of downcomers
Once the tower diameter is determined, then the number of downcomers can be chosen. As a starting point, an initial design should use a single downcomer. The resulting weir length is calculated from a standard chord-length calculation, which is iterative for a given downcomer area. BW = {[(πD 2/360) cos –1(2Z /D )] – 2AD }/Z
Where, Z = [(D 2/4) – BW2]0.5 BW = Weir length of one downcomer, ft
ers one-half of the total downcomer area. Maintaining the resulting downcomer widths at 6 in. or more will allow a person to reach into the downcomer for installation. In addition, make sure the resulting tray-flow path-length is 16 in. or greater to enable a person to physically pass through the trays. These minimum size criteria may increase the column diameter to above the previously calculated value. Other considerations
Other criteria that need to be considered are; downcomer backup, spray fluidization, and entrainment. In addition, minimum load conditions need to be determined. The criteria for determining the low-end vapor and liquid range are weeping, tray stability and dry-tray pressure drop. Reference 1. Glitsch Inc. “Ballast Tray Design Manual; Bulletin No. 4900.” 3rd Ed. Glitsch Inc., Dallas, Tex.,1974. Note : Material for the June “Facts at Your Fingertips” was supplied by Dan Summers, tray technology manager, Sulzer Chemtech USA Inc.
Random Tower Packing Department Editor: Kate Torzewski Packed columns [1 ]
random packings. When packed together, they prevent signifcant portions o wetting liquid rom being blocked o, thus avoiding pools o liquid, trapped gas and violent directional changes o gas. They oer higher capacity, higher efciency and lower pressure drop than Berl Saddles.
A packed column is a vertical, cylindrical pressure vessel containing one or more sections o a packing material over whose surace the liquid ows downward by gravity, as a flm or as droplets, between packing elements. Vapor ows upward through the wetted packing, contacting the liquid and acilitating absorption o the vapor into the liquid. Packings are oered in either random or structured designs. Here, we will ocus on random packings, which are separate pieces o packing that have a uniorm geometric shape. Instead o being arranged in a structured way, they are dumped or randomly packed into the column shell.
The Intalox Saddle was urther improved into the Super Intalox Tower Packing, which has scalloped edges and holes in the material. This allows urther liquid drainage, the elimination o stagnant pockets, and more open area or vapor rise, thus providing higher capacity and eiciency.
Pall rings are modifed Raschig Rings that have windows cut and bent inward. This lowers riction while improving packing area design Source: “Separation Process Principles,” 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc. distribution, wetting and liquid considerations [2 ] distribution. This design allows ring and a Pall ring o identical size have higher capacity and efciency than all Size . Random packings are typically availidentical surace areas per unit volume, previously developed packings. able in diameters o 1–3.5 in. Generally, but the Pall ring has a superior spread o as packing size increases, mass-transer The next generation o packings eatures surace area and thereore gives much efciency and pressure drop decrease. through-ow structures o a lattice-work better efciency. By this correlation, or a given column design. The Metal Intalox IMTP oers the 3. Maximize the void space per unit diameter, an optimal packing size can be best eatures o packings that preceded it, column volume . This minimizes resistance determined that represents a compromise combines the high void raction and the to gas upow, thereby enhancing packing between achieving low pressure drop and well-distributed surace area o the Pall capacity. Capacity increases with random high mass-transer rates. A rule o thumb ring with the low aerodynamic drag o the packing size. This poses a trade o, that must also be taken into account is to saddle shape. however, in that the ideal size o packing choose a packing diameter that is less than Similar in structure to the Pall Ring is the is a compromise between maximizing eone-eighth o the column diameter, which Cascade Mini-Ring, which has a height fciency and maximizing capacity. minimizes liquid channeling. to diameter ratio o 1:3 compared to 1:1 4. Minimize riction . An open shape Material . Metal packings are usually in the Pall Ring. This allows the individual minimizes riction, providing good aerodypreerred because o their superior strength packing components to be oriented with namic characteristics. and good wettability. Ceramic packings, their open side acing vapor ow, thus reon the other hand, have superior wettability ducing riction and exposing more surace 5. Minimize costs . Packing costs, as well but inerior strength, and are used only in to mass transer. as the requirements or packing supports situations at elevated temperatures where and column oundations, generally increase The latest generation o random packings corrosion resistance is needed and plastics with the weight per unit volume o packing. eatures a very open, smooth and wave-like would ail. Plastic packings, usually made Packings generally become cheaper as the geometry that promotes wetting, but still o polypropylene, are inexpensive and size o random packing increases. promotes recurrent turbulence. This allows have sufcient strength; however, they may a decreased pressure drop while sustainexperience poor wettability, especially at Packing structures [3,2 ] ing mass-transer efciency that may be low liquid owrates. independent o column diameter, and may Raschig Rings are hollow cylinders with Packing objectives [1 ] allow a greater depth o packing without a a height that is equal to the ring diamliquid redistributor. eter. This structure is the oldest orm o 1. Maximize the specifc surace area . InReferences random packing. creasing the surace area per unit volume 1.“Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook ,” 8th maximizes the vapor-liquid contact area, The original saddle-shaped packings, Berl ed. McGraw Hill, New York, 2008. and, thereore, efciency. Efciency generSaddles, have a smaller ree-gas design 2.Seader, J. D. and Henley, E. J., “Separation ally increases as the random packing size than Raschig Rings. However, they are oProcess Principles,” 2nd ed., John Wiley and is decreased. ten a more preerable choice, as they oer Sons, Inc., New Jersey, 2006. a lower pressure drop and higher capacity. 2. Spread the surace area uniormly . This improves vapor-liquid contact, and thereore, efciency. For instance, a Raschig
The invention o the Intalox Saddle marked the start o the second generation o
Facts at your Fingertips sd b:
3.Schweitzer, P., “Handbook of Separation Techniques for Chemical Engineers,” 3rd ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 1997.